January 23, 2009

On Inauguration Day I baked cookies, loaded up the car with our tabling stuff, and lots of art, banners, signs, and set out for Berkeley and the Ding Dong the Bush Is Gone Celebration at Ashkenaz. I had never been there before, and was greatly impressed by everyone who was there, and cooperatively helped lug stuff inside, and set up the room. At least 200 to 250 or more people showed up for the 4 bands, the great singers, speakers and the Bush Shoe Toss. Dana, Bill, Camille, Janette helped table and Vic Sadot also dropped in. Camille had printed a bundle of the 9/11 Truth Inauguration pamphlets that the DC 9/11 Truth group designed. For the most part, people were cheery and hopeful, but encouraged to continue to act and push for truth, peace, justice... As one of the last to leave, I didn't get home until 2 am, which made it particularly challenging the next day, Wednesday, to get up in time to cook enough for my son's Robotics' Team (parents take turns during the big robot building stage to provide meals for the kids who spend their afternoons, evenings, weekends designing and building a robot for national competitions.) Afterwards in the evening, I had hoped to go to raise questions at a youth center in Los Altos where an intelligence officer was supposed to speak, but a flat tire thwarted me.

Only today was I able to begin to catch up on the mail, the banking, at least I did the taxes yesterday (We were required to set up electronic tax filing). I am still behind on writing reviews of the new books and films that have come my way.

January 12, 2009

I am still trying to catch up unsuccessfully with many people and issues clamoring for my attention. Despite technical difficulties (being locked out of the Green Party office in San Francisco where the strategy/retreat was to be held on January 3rd and having to chase down the key), the meeting was productive and we voted to do another 9/11 Film Festival this year and support Architects and Engineers for 9/11 Truth at the upcoming Architects Conference, which will draw 25,000 architects to San Francisco. AE911Truth.org will have a booth on the inside!

Unfortunately Richard Gage broke his leg skiing, and I hope he'll be out of his cast for the trip to Denver next month where Ken Jenkins, Richard and I (representing Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance and Fran Shure representing the local Colorado 9/11 Truth group) will have a booth, and be delegates at the American Citizen's Summit.

I have also been attending other meetings (for the Santa Clara County Green Party) and working on other events, not directly related to 9/11. There is a flurry of organizing going on beneath the surface, as well as above the surface. A youth was shot dead on New Year's Eve at BART, and there is no police accountability. Peace rallies in support of the Palestinians, who are under brutal assault from Israel are drawing thousands of people. David Ledesma, who has been doing peace vigils every weekend in San Jose for years, had two thousand people suddenly show up a week ago (I'm not sure what the turnout was yesterday and the day before as the 10th was a National/International Day of action and I went to the rally in San Francisco.)

The police were awful at the rally in San Francisco and would not let me hang up any of our banners. They can make it really difficult for protestors to exercise their first amendment rights. We ended up draping our large Deception Dollar banner over the chairs. A lot of Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance came in support of the Palestinians and to help with the tabling and flyering. The public, as usual supported our presence, we received lots of donations, and also moved a lot of materials- books, DVDs, Rock Island Free Press newspapers.

I came home right after the rally, cooked dinner for the family and baked cookies for my Listening Project. On the 11th, I had to repack the car, and set up in downtown Palo Alto. An incredibly nice homeless veteran helped me set up and break down; it was a beautiful day, very quiet after the intensity of the day before. I picked up groceries on the way home, made dinner and was asked again to bake cookies for Jean-Luc, and Daniel... Between the meetings, rallies, the kids' theater groups, the Gunn Robotics Team, I seem to spend a good chunk of each day baking cookies/food/bread rolls for varying numbers of people.

Hadley Louden who leads Drummers For Peace, several other musical ensembles, and is a Civil Rights attorney, invited us to speak and table at an Inauguration Day event at Ashkenaz in Berkeley. I'm looking forward to it and was wondering what he meant by a "Bush Shoe Toss." Ideally, I think he would like a large effigy of Bush and encourage the non-profit groups to rent out shoes for people to toss at the effigy. I told him that if he didn't find an effigy that I would be willing to sacrifice our Behind Every Terrorist- There is a Bush art. I think I still have at least two or possibly three of the giant posters we used for our comedy event- which would make good targets.

January 2, 2009

We returned from Canada at 2 am this morning, so I haven't quite been able to catch up on my sleep (laundry, grocery shopping, email... news), but we do have the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance Strategy Meeting/Retreat tomorrow- which I'm sure will be productive. One of the questions I'll have to raise is whether we should reprint the Deception Dollars, I think all of us (who have been distributing them for years) are running out finally...

December 21, 2008, Winter Solstice

I've been very busy the past few days working out some of the logistic details for Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance's participation in the upcoming American Citizen's Summit, in Denver, Colorado, February 11th-15th. David Ray Griffin and Cynthia McKinney are invited speakers and the 9/11 Truth Movement and issue is welcome at the conference- which is really moving towards "Truth and Reconciliation" and acknowledging the shadow side of our country.

At our last meeting/celebration, we voted $1200 to send Ken Jenkins, Richard Gage, and I to the Summit. Fran Shure and the Colorado activists have generously offered to host us. We have yet, to work out all the details, and I'm afraid we will have a hard time persuading David to attend in winter. He is also under deadline to finish a book. I hope that they will include Richard Gage, AIA, as a speaker... but we will have to wait and see.

December 12, 2008

Given the changes that are taking place on the political landscape, I'm not the only one re-evaluating the current situation, trying to figure out where to put my time, energy, resources. I've been to six organizing meetings/events in the past 9 days and have received two new books on Money and Monetary Reform.

Yesterday, I was in downtown Palo Alto, at my usual spot, for the now monthly Listening Project/ 9/11 Truth Action. Although I received a camera for Christmas last year (just so I could get photos of events/rallies that I attend or organize that otherwise might not get photographed), I still haven't read the manual or had time to figure out the new camera. Chuck Millar who often comes and takes photos, didn't make it.

One of the passerbys whom I questioned was an artist and told me about his art, now on display, that incorporated some of the deception dollars into an art collage about 9/11 and "how it was used as a tool to help subvert our rights" which is part of an exhibit that will be up until Dec. 29th. It was a pleasure to meet him, a young man, Michael Denning (Heart of Chaos Director and Juvenile Hall Art Teacher) who also told me that the first 9/11 Truth event that he attended was the premeire of "The 9/11 News Special You Never Saw- The Great Conspiracy" at the Guild Theater in Menlo Park (With Barrie Zwicker, Peter Phillips, Webster Tarpley, Michael Kane) back in March 2005 that I had organized. He mentioned that he had been working at Trader Joe's Market and saw 14 of his regular customers at the event- each one wondering "What are you doing here?" Obviously, the event had some impact, and he incorporated lots of our outreach materials into his collage.

Collage by Michael Denning
Currently on exhibit at Gardner Community Center, 520 W. Virginia St., San Jose

Details of Michael Denning's collage

Jon Gold was asking me for photos and suggestions for the videos that he was producing on the Incomplete History of the 9/11 Truth Movement (See Video I and Video II and Video III). He received quite a bit of flak for not including many events and groups that would like to receive more recognition for their efforts. Of all the stuff that I've done, he only mentioned the Deception Dollars and the San Francisco International Inquiry into 9/11. I did tell him that no one person could possibly chronicle everything, the movement has grown too big for that, and we simply don't know about all the things that other people are doing at the grassroots level. All those people passing out DVDs and Deception Dollars, organizing events and film showings, getting 9/11 Truth documentaries on TV, posting key articles and links on the internet, speaking out at public events. We often never know when our message reaches and touches someone in a profound way. I love giving stacks of Deception Dollars, in particular, to teachers, particularly art teachers, who pass them onto their students. Meeting Michael yesterday made my day and made me feel that ALL of my efforts, no matter how ignored nor vilified by the press they might be, have been worthwhile.

I do feel very lucky to live in a place where I have been able to exercise "Free Speech." As I wash dishes, cook for the family, engage in the mundane tasks, enjoy the simple, normal pleasures of life, I am glad that I have chosen the path of "challenging empire" rather than "unconsciously supporting empire through material acquisition"... In the video, True News 13: Statism is Dead - Part 3 - The Matrix, the methods of control to domesticate and control people, while maintaining an illusion of "freedom" are examined. I also received a link the other day to a lecture Superclass: The Global Power Elite and the World They Are Making with author: David Rothkopf

In the first video, the "rulers" certainly conspire to maintain their power and control over humanity. In the second video, Rothkopf, who jokes that he would like to sign up for such a global conspiracy, if it were an option, and makes fun of how he "doesn't belong to the "Superclass" that he describes in his book, also talks about his interview with the Federal Reserve chairman and his visits to Davos for the World Economic Forum. While he notes the incredible concentration of wealth, and the networks that connect the "Superclass" he dismisses a conscious intention to "rule the world," but says that when they act in unison that they can determine a "global agenda." This is their great power he says, neglecting to mention the consolidation of the media into very, very fews hands, the media's ability to omit, distort key information, perpetuate self-serving lies. He also quietly threw in the Al Qaeda myth in his talk, framed the need for a global governance structure to refrain the "bad actors," bashed "nationalism" (Hugo Chavez) and stated that the vast majority would never be in control, that only one group of elites might replace another under the guise of "serving humanity"... I can only hope that he is wrong, if we are to avoid totalitarian rule by the most corrupt, ruthless, wealthiest, deceptive people on the planet.

December 8, 2008

More on Pearl Harbor -- I was really moved by Admiral Kimmel's grandson's presentation on how they broke the Japanese code prior to the attack (at the Toronto International Inquiry into 9/11, which is corraborated by Stimmet's book and other sources. Today I received a link to this article-

Advance Warning? The Red Cross Connection
By Daryl S. Borgquist
Naval History, June 1999

It details how the Red Cross did receive emergency medical supplies and warning prior to the attack and how they kept that information quiet.

Additionally here is another link to an article- Misallocated Infamy, by Srdja Trifkovic with a compelling timeline of the events leading up to the attack.

My own article will probably be forever buried on this website, as I was horribly unsuccessful at posting this in a timely manner.

December 7, 2008 - Pearl Harbor Day

Pearl Harbor

Sixty-seven years ago, on Sunday, December 7, 1941 the Japanese attacked Pearl Harbor, killing over two thousand people and wounding over a thousand. The attack enabled FDR to enter World War II, and prompted huge numbers of Americans to volunteer for military service. In the book Day of Deceit: The Truth About FDR and Pearl Harbor (2000), Robert Stinnett unveiled a memo outlining an 8 point plan to provoke Japan into attacking the US.

Admiral Kimmel, Commander in Chief of the Pacific Fleet, was removed from office and demoted, taking the blame for the losses at Pearl Harbor soon after the attacks. Researchers, over the course of many years, believe that critical information was withheld from Kimmel and that he was unjustly punished. One of those researchers was his grandson, Manning Kimmel IV, who persuaded the U.S. Senate in 1999 to pass a nonbinding resolution exonerating Admiral Kimmel and Army Lieutenant General Short.

In addition to shifting public opinion and gaining popular support for the US entry into World War II, Pearl Harbor was the justification for the passage of the National Security Act of 1947; the creation of the National Security Council, the CIA, and the Department of the Air Force; and the reorganization of the Department of War and the Department of the Navy into the Defense Department. Manning Kimmel IV, who worked for the FBI and the CIA, noted that emblazoned on the CIA’s walls is the reminder that the CIA was created “To Prevent Another Pearl Harbor.”

Philip Zelikow, author of the US “Pre-Emptive War Doctrine,” has studied and written about the use, and misuse, of history in policymaking, including “beliefs thought to be true (although not necessarily known to be true with certainty)”…“Searing events that take on 'transcendent' importance and, therefore, retain their power even as the experiencing generation passes from the scene.” In 1998 he co-authored the article Catastrophic Terrorism: Elements of a National Policy, which speculated that if the 1993 bombing of the World Trade Center had succeeded,

"the resulting horror and chaos would have exceeded our ability to describe it. Such an act of catastrophic terrorism would be a watershed event in American history. It could involve loss of life and property unprecedented in peacetime and undermine America’s fundamental sense of security, as did the Soviet atomic bomb test in 1949. Like Pearl Harbor, the event would divide our past and future into a before and after. The United States might respond with draconian measures scaling back civil liberties, allowing wider surveillance of citizens, detention of suspects and use of deadly force.”

Zelikow, as the Executive Director of the 9/11 Commission, was able to control the “investigation,” write an outline for the contents of the report prior to the investigation, omit or distort facts, and edit the final report (much of it based upon confessions derived by torture). Amazingly, he and the 9/11 Report blamed the attacks upon a “failure of the imagination” on the part of the US government to even conceive of using airplanes as weapons. (This false statement, contradicted by innumerable reports and facts, was unquestioned and repeated by the mainstream press.)

In 1944 George Orwell wrote:

“History is written by the winners… The really frightening thing about totalitarianism is not that it commits atrocities but that it attacks the concept of objective truth: it claims to control the past as well as the future… There is some hope, therefore, that the liberal habit of mind, which thinks of truth as something outside yourself, something to be discovered, and not as something you can make up as you go along, will survive. But I still don't envy the future historian's job. Is it not a strange commentary on our time that even the casualties in the present war cannot be estimated within several millions?...”

The failings of the official 9/11 Report were clearly chronicled by David Ray Griffin in his books-- The New Pearl Harbor- Disturbing Questions about the Bush Administration Volume I, and his latest book- The New Pearl Harbor Revisited, 9/11, the Cover-Up, and the Exposé Volume II-- and in many documentaries, including 9/11: The Myth and the Reality. However, the report was accepted by the press uncritically. Congress accepted the official narrative and used it to justify the creation of Homeland Security and the National Counterterrorism Center, and to pass the most dramatic change since 1947 with the Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004, which created a new Director of National Intelligence reporting directly to the President, determining and directing the budget of all the national intelligence agencies.

The Project for a New American Century, founded in 1997, advocated for American “leadership” throughout the world, including the extension and reorganization of the military. Their document, entitled “Rebuilding America’s Defenses: Strategy, Forces and Resources for a New Century,” states:

“The process of [military] transformation... is likely to be a long one, absent some catastrophic and catalyzing event­--like a new Pearl Harbor.”

Immediately following 9/11, the military received substantially more funding and was expanded to fight the “war on terror,” a war that was not expected to end in our lifetimes. “Pearl Harbor” was the “code word or concept” behind the preamble and the aftermath of the event. For nearly a year prior to 9/11, “Donald Rumsfeld routinely stated that the inevitability of surprise was a guiding principle of the Bush administration's national security strategy and handed out or recommended Roberta Wohlstetter's 1962 book, Pearl Harbor: Warning and Decision.” [1] The Hollywood film, Pearl Harbor, which was released in May, 2001, conveniently maintained the popular myth and served psychologically as a recruitment tool. On 9/11 Bush, himself, very publicly wrote in his journal, “The Pearl Harbor of the 21st century took place today.”

On 9/11, in response to the horrific attacks on our country, we entered into “Continuity of Government,” but, unbeknownst to most of the American people, a shadow government has been in place ever since. Cheney and Rumsfeld worked on the plans for Continuity of Government for decades prior to 9/11, the provisions of which have been shrouded in secrecy. Even members of the Homeland Security Oversight Committee are not allowed to see its classified plans, but apparently Congress is an expendable entity when Continuity of Government is declared. While the country is in a declared “State of Emergency,” the Constitution and the Bill of Rights are ignored. In this context, the recent financial crisis, the Military Commissions Act, and the deployment of 20,000 US troops trained to respond to civil unrest as well as terrorist attacks within the US are less than reassuring.

Although time and public opinion appear to be sweeping the now unpopular Bush and Cheney from the Oval Office, their policies and legacy remain. There has been no accountability for the “intelligence failures” leading up to 9/11, nor for the “failure to intercept the hijacked planes.” In a report released last August, NIST claimed that for the first time in modern history, fires felled a 47-story steel-framed building, World Trade Center 7, even though it exhibited all the characteristics of a controlled demolition. An earlier report claimed that fires plus two airplanes brought down the twin towers, ignoring the witness testimony and physical evidence that explosives were used.

Zelikow is allowed to praise the incoming Obama cabinet on National Public Radio. US Defense Secretary Robert Gates, after expanding upon Zelikow’s pre-emptive strike doctrine to include nuclear first strikes upon nations who might develop nuclear weapons, is retained by Obama as Defense Secretary. The winners might change, but the lies remain the same, as well as the direction of US foreign policy.

Napoleon believed that

“All you have to do is delay the truth until it no longer matters.”

The rulers seem particularly afraid of the internet, the information technologies which allow people to communicate directly, bypassing corporate and government control, the erosion of faith in government and the media, the challenges to their tenuous claims to be the legitimate elected representatives of the people or the titans of industries which serve humanity. The promised "endless wars" provoke endless "protests" and increasing repression to quell the rising tide of dissent.

Just as Pearl Harbor was encouraged and used by FDR as a pretext for war, 9/11 has been an equally deceptive new Pearl Harbor used to expand the National Security State into a Global Police State, where torture, pre-emptive war, surveillance, curtailment of civil rights, the Rule of Fear dominates the Rule of Law. As we remember the tragedy of Pearl Harbor, and we should educate and remind our fellow citizens that it was encouraged and allowed to happen by FDR as a pretext for war. Incidents since then- the Gulf of Tonkin, the story of babies thrown out of incubators during the invasion of Kuwait, were fabrications to trick the American people into supporting war. While the best historical parallel to 9/11 is the Reichstag Fire, used by Hitler to criminalize the communists and pass the Enabling Act (which bears a striking resemblance to the PATRIOT Act), Pearl Harbor and 9/11 both have been used to make the most sweeping military reorganizations within the US possible. Both events have served the powerful interests of genuine terrorists who have used the events to deceive the public, recruit soldiers, launch wars.

Only by shattering the myths, exposing the lies, uncovering the truth about Pearl Harbor, our history, 9/11, the new Pearl Harbor, can we genuinely prevent the rush towards totalitarianism, a militarism based on fear, terror, disregard for truth, justice, human rights. Difficult though it may be, it is time to challenge the "War on Terror," expose the hand of intelligence agencies in incidents designed to launch new wars, before a nuclear Pearl Harbor obliterates the possibility of redirecting humanity onto a path towards peace and prosperity for all.

[1] http://shoestring911.blogspot.com/2007/07/before-911-donald-rumsfeld-was.html

November 30, 2008

I received a well formatted copy of an excellent article entitled Summary of Evidence of Controlled Demolition at the World Trade Center posted at firefightersfor911truth.org. As I read it, this particular bit of info jumped out at me-

Firefighters were not evacuated from Ground Zero before the collapse of the structures because F.D.N.Y. Chief of Department Pete Ganci knew the history of the buildings involved and the extent of their damage, as well as the fact that the fires were in the process of being put out. Therefore, based on that knowledge, he considered total building collapse a literal impossibility, which was acknowledged in the FEMA Report. As evidence of that fact, when a message from OEM (Office of Emergency Management) that the buildings were going to collapse finally reached him shortly before collapse ensued, Chief Ganci considered that statement so outrageous that he reportedly looked at the person who delivered it and said:
“Who the f_ ck would tell you a thing like that?” ---

I asked David Wayne for his source and he wrote back:

Regarding the Chief Ganci statement, the best overview is at: http://hidhist.wordpress.com/terror/911/wtc7-barry-jennings-peter-ganci-giuliani-arnold-weick/

And, as we say in the Citations section:

"There are 3 witnesses to the statement from F.D.N.Y. Chief of Department Peter Ganci, who was also killed in action on the morning of 9/11. All 3 witnesses were on-scene at the time and all 3 substantiate the statement, separately from the others, in virtually the same words and meaning."

I was just in the midst of reading David Ray Griffin's latest book- The New Pearl Harbor Revisited, 9/11, the Cover-Up, and the Exposé and didn't see that key bit of information in the book, so I forwarded the link on to him.

David Ray Griffin replied:

You can find the original reference in this chapter from my "9/11 Contradictions."

Ooops... I felt badly about bothering him with something that he already knew about, and for forgetting that I had seen it before- since I did read 9/11 Contradictions An Open Letter to Congress and the Press. On the other hand, every once in a while, I am astonished that great writers and researchers aren't aware of key info that others have dug up, and have passed on to me, and I'd rather be little embarrassed, than not convey critical info which might be extremely useful to our best spokespeople.

Luckily, most people do send their info directly to David Ray Griffin. He is very good at judging it, and placing it in context in his own writings, speeches. The most difficult challenge that we all have to face is the abundance of evidence, and trying to sort it out, and convey the most compelling facts that we know to open the press, politicians, and public's minds to the improbablity and impossibilities within the official narrative. No one can keep up with all the research, evidence, continually bubbling to the surface. I think we need a new 9/11 Fact Sheet to incorporate some of the more compelling evidence produced in the past year. Tomorrow I need to drive to Oakland to pick up 10,000 new Patriots Question 9/11 cards that we just had printed.

I've had to borrow the latest version of the Deception Dollar from Gabriel Day and I wonder, if we will reprint them. The latest bombings in India, "India's 9/11," have CIA and MOSSAD fingerprints all over them. With the global economy in shambles, I'm afraid that The Powers Will Be will do what they can to distract folks with new wars, economic hardships, and false flag operations to boost recruitment.

I did finish reading The New Pearl Harbor Revisited, 9/11, the Cover-Up, and the Exposé and learned that Interlink has published it as a set, along with a reprint of The New Pearl Harbour and it is meant to be read in conjunction with the first book (if you haven't read it before- as a supplement or update). For those who read it years ago and are familiar with the topic, the book is very readable, engaging, with new information (maybe not all the information that has been unearthed in the past few years- but the most significant facts and evidence that David Ray Griffin chose to include). I do recommend it highly! And so does Publisher's Weekly which put it at the top of its list for Pick of the Week.

November 25, 2008

I cannot keep up with all the work and still need to write-up and post the minutes from last Thursday's Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance Meeting... but I was working on the speech for the rally to End the Fed until 1 am on Friday night. It's hard to access this computer because my son's computer is broken and he keeps bumping me, so he can do his homework and college applications. In fact, I just got bumped again, so I posted the write-up on the rally here, but won't be able to post it elsewhere til later.

November 18, 2008

Time flies by. Last week I started working on the local San Francisco End the Fed Rally/March. Gary Franchi, who I worked with to organize the 9/11 Truth Rally/March in Chicago, during the 9/11 Revealing the Truth, Reclaiming the Future Conference is trying to organize at the national level. It's a real challenge to coordinate multiple actions, and utterly dependent upon the self-organizing abilities of local folks. There are various people and groups working on the San Francisco rally/march and I got mixed signals, both welcoming and discouraging me from organizing more, so I just backed off and posted what the group decided on my calendars and I don't think I'll try to do media, just work on what I want to say, although I think the action has the potential to draw a huge, diverse multitude of folks, to oppose the financial heist of the century, and draw the media.

Perhaps, though, I am completely wrong. I have slowed down a bit this week to catch up on mundane household and family chores, including mending a long neglected patchwork quilt, while watching the stack of DVDs that I have been given to review. Last night I watched a DVD on Flight TWA 800, and heard the story of investigative journalist, James Sanders and his wife. They were vilified by the press and targeted by the Justice Department, convicted of felonies, in order to destroy their reputation and keep a lid on the cover-up that was being orchestrated at the highest levels of government. They truly experienced the "Into the Buzzsaw" betrayal of the corporate media, in the face of their honest, investigative efforts. I suppose that the biggest financial heist of the century wouldn't even be attempted, if there was a chance that the corporate press would actually prevent the most powerful people on the planet from getting away with it, but it is astonishing how much damning info is scattered throughout the mainstream press, this might be the straw that breaks the camel's back, exposing the whole crooked game.

I just know that educating the public about 9/11 has been relatively easy compared to my earlier efforts to educate folks about global economics and the monetary system- where there has been far greater resistance to the information, but perhaps that has changed and people are more apt now to want to understand what is going on, for their own safety and survival.

I also finished reading Mark Gaffney's The 9/11 Mystery Plane and the Vanishing of America which overall was excellent, documenting the presence of not one, but two of the E-4Bs that flew over Washington DC on the morning of September 11th. These "Doomsday planes," the most sophisticated communications platforms in the airforce, whose presence was denied by the military and excluded from the 9/11 Report clearly were present at the critical time over Washington DC, betraying the "we were so surprised alibi" given by the government for so many years.

What irked me the most was a factual error about Janette MacKinlay, a friend of mine, whom the author said was not in her apartment on September 11th, when I know for a well chronicled fact that she was. Small errors like that just make me wonder how many other "mistakes" made it into the book, and damage its credibility. I wonder how the author could get such a simple fact wrong.

I guess I need to be more careful with my own work. It is far too easy to make mistakes and one needs to check one's sources. It's hard sometimes when two sources that I trust have diametrically opposing views on critical issues.

I also finally watched John Hankey's JFK II- The Bush Connection. I posted a review on Amazon saying-

"John Hankey has put it together, in a very succinct, clear, powerful way. He builds a very solid case for the recruitment of George H. W. Bush into the CIA, his involvement with the anti-Castro operations, his presence in Dallas on the day of the assasination. He also shows how Kennedy was using the FBI to bust the CIA's anti-Castro terrorist training camps, and how Oswald was the FBI's key agent in busting the CIA's illegal, domestic camps. His analysis of the damning memo noting George Bush's CIA presence in Dallas, as being evidence of the CIA's threat to Hoover, demanding his cooperation in the cover-up is compelling.

John is a High School teacher. This is a low-budget, labor of love. He does throw in some strange songs and language most inappropriate for a serious documentary, but the facts are completely damning, particularly the timing of the Congressional Investigation in the 70's when CIA Director Colby opened up during the hearings, was fired and replaced by Bush as CIA Director, and the subsequent murders of the key witnesses, and the end of CIA cooperation with Congress.

I wish I had seen it earlier, but I can't process all the stuff that comes my way, and organize, and do everything else.

November 10, 2008

A 3 day migraine knocked me off my feet on Thursday, and I missed the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance Meeting. I guess my body is telling me to slow down and recover, before I plunge into more organizing, more responsibilities. So I am behind in my correspondences and promises, still drowning in reviewing books, dvds, essays that need to be looked at, and deserve more attention, dissemination... MX whose website I host on this site wrote a provocative essay (which hopefully will be posted here soon) looking at the real movement bubbling up beneath the psuedo movement backing Barama's "promise for change."

I know I have been sounding a bit disheartened, "realistic," pessimistic, in light of the challenges that I see before us. We have the promise of another 9/11 echoed by a bunch of world leaders in just the last day.

During my campaign, Barry Warmkessel saw my statement on KTVU, and contacted me, asking for a yard sign. He came over to my house, and we went for a walk and had an interesting conversation. His passion has been tracking the history of comet impacts and the possibility of future comet impacts upon the Earth. He suggested that 9/11 might be masking some other hidden agenda (besides the PNAC desire to take over the world and seize oil/drug resources) maybe to step up preparations for certain remnants of humanity to survive the cataclysmic impact of a comet. I must admit that idea had never dawned on me before, and Barry threw out a bunch of other provocative ideas on a range of subjects.

One of his ideas was that the evolution of humanity occurred when people were able to overcome their fears, through love, and in the process, unleash extraordinary creative insight, deepening human understanding, advancing the entire species forward.

I've felt that we need to "overcome the dominant fear paradigm with a love paradigm, that it is not power that corrupts, but fear..." and that FEAR, overcoming fear, has been probably the single biggest obstacle everyone has had to face in countless facets of our lives. Barry surprised me by saying that soulmates- couples can overcome their individual fears, by cancelling one another's fears out, that usually each person has a particular fear that holds them down, and he began listing 7 fears which I had never heard of before-

The fear of loss of control
The fear of inadequacy
The fear of worthlessness
The fear of loss or want
The fear of vulnerability
The fear of missing something
The fear of change or dealing with new situations

(I've grabbed a partial description of these fears from his website and posted them below.)

Of course, I immediately wondered which was my main fear, and which was my husband's, and I suspect my main fear is probably "The fear of inadequacy" and my husband's is probably "The fear of change or dealing with new situations" and we probably do help one another to overcome these basic fears and foray into the wider world.

But then I started thinking that we could also apply these fears to a group or a movement, which often seems to shoot itself in the foot, such as the 9/11 Truth Movement. Having been involved since the beginning, I know how I personally have played various roles, including shirking responsibility and retreating into my "comfort zone."

I remember when I first became an activist I wrote a long letter which I blasted out to friends which basically attacked the CIA, The Powers That Be, for the wars, oppression, economic disparities, deceptions, the ills of mankind and the destruction of the Earth's biosphere... It was more or less a declaration of War upon a system which was causing so many problems. I decided to throw my lot in with the bulk of humanity against the most powerful political forces on the planet... I wasn't too worried that the CIA or the bankers would go after some obscure, enraged, housewife in Palo Alto. At the time, I kept up with probably 150 people, friends and relatives, that I exchanged Christmas letters with. My friends were very important to me, especially because before I had children, I never lived anywhere for more than 11 months and I had to write letters to stay connected with my friends. I still have boxes of letters in my garage. I probably lost a few friends when I became an outspoken political activist, but I also gained new friends and my mailing list continued to grow, in fact it has become totally overwhelming and unmanageable.

My greatest fear, as an activist, has been to be organized and effective enough to merit the wrath of The Powers that Be, and endanger some of my friends, in the process. My biggest horror would actually be to be well organized enough to have a database which could identify the best, most effective, key activists- and assist the repressive forces in targeting, not just me, but my friends, innocent, and well organized alike.

So while part of me wants to be effective and build an unstoppable powerful movement/or movements, the fearful side of me, would like to stay under the radar, remain disorganized, not be too visible, not be perceived as a threat, not just for the sake of my own hide, my family, my friends, but also to protect the larger movements which I belong to. This is ludicrous, I know, but as I oscillate between battling the problems and nurturing solutions, so I oscillate between feeling incredibly powerful and woefully helpless.

Last night I watched an outstanding documentary called No End in Sight which was a remarkable expose of how incredibly unprepared the US military was when they began the occupation of Iraq. "Incompetent" is the kindest and most generous description of the US actions that followed the initial violence.

Initially, I guess when I took on the role of an activist, my main thinking was "Are they evil or stupid or both?" and I decided that they were both evil and stupid.

I think part of the challenge for the movement is a combination of fears, including the fear of success, the fear of becoming so strong that we have to face the ruthless violence of a threatened beast who will do anything to survive. So we continue to try, but not too hard, and to shoot ourselves in the feet, and hope that someone stronger, wiser, than us personally, will show greater courage and take on the mantle of responsibility and shine a brighter light upon the uncharted waters of turmoil that we face.

What we need more than anything, is to support one another, build stronger coalitions, deepen everyone's understanding, make it easier for people to participate, contribute, feel supported, connected, safe, and feel that what we are doing has meaning, purpose, and that even if we don't succeed, it is worth the effort, that the process itself is our hope.

(Time for me to get back to the mundane responsibilities and tasks.)

Here are the details on those fears:

The fear of loss of control

Positive Pole: Sacrifice - Negative Pole: Immolation
Those so afflicted are often well-disciplined people. They tend to avoid social contacts and do their socializing in very controlled situations like company luncheons, family reunions and cocktail parties. An intimate dinner for four is about as large a gathering as they can handle, and still keep some degree of control of the circumstances. They are often thought of as rather difficult people as they tend to be very authoritarian giving the outward appearance of success and tranquillity. Often they have a feeling of no accomplishment or a sense of being directed by others. This Chief Feature encourages terminal diseases such as cancer as it offers a way out of situations they cannot control.

The fear of inadequacy

Positive Pole: Humility - Negative Pole - Abasement
People suffering from this fear often inform others not to expect too much from them as they have many other "irons in the fire", all of which demand their time and attention. Often, they will take on far too much, then fail to "deliver the goods" because they are overloaded. Their self-effacing behavior can appear modest and they learn early to "bring others out of themselves" in order to accommodate the expectations of others. They lavish praise on others hoping that some will be returned to shore up their sagging confidence.

The fear of worthlessness

Positive Pole: Selflessness - Negative Pole - Mortification
These people will find a myriad of ways to "tempt fate" in order to establish their worth. They undertake an almost constant search for the illusive grail of worthiness. They put themselves at the disposal of others, whether it be a family member or just a friend on the phone. They are hard working, often volunteering their services to committee chairmen who keep heaping tasks upon them. They feel that if they suffer enough, someone will assure them that it is all worthwhile. This fear can bring on thankless families, wasting diseases, gallstones, sabotaged careers, destructive personal relationships, etc.

Greed - The fear of loss or want

Positive Pole: Egotism - Negative Pole - Voracity
There is no such thing as enough of whatever the greed is fixed on. This person is hardest to live with, as they are completely ruthless trying to satisfying their greed. They are rarely trusted by others, and rightly so. The Egotism makes these people self-centered, and appears outlandish unless they are public figures. Those who have greed centered on public recognition find that it makes accepting attention both easy and satisfying.

The fear of vulnerability

Positive Pole: Pride - Negative Pole: Vanity
These people are truly shy, although this behavior might not appear so during casual encounters with them. They will avoid anything that smacks of exposure. Sometimes, they will go out of their way to develop a very strong public image so that their true personality need not be exposed. These people are determined not to reveal any aspect of their vulnerability and even deny that it exists. If they have been wounded through their vulnerability, they will deny it and if they cannot, they will claim they can "take it".

The fear of missing something

Positive Pole: Audacity - Negative Pole: Intolerance
These people feel that whatever they have missed is more important than what they are currently doing. They have difficulty completing things. This fear is the hardest to live with since it causes constant restlessness and dissatisfaction. However, others around them find it exciting and intriguing.

The fear of change or dealing with new situations

Positive Pole: Determination - Negative Pole: Obstinacy
Someone so afflicted will tend to make a new situation as much like the one they are already familiar, or find inventive ways to avoid the new situation entirely. They develop skills in the social graces and can be very entertaining, going out of their way to make others comfortable in the old situation. Even if acted out of the positive pole, the determination is likely born of panic or other less obvious forms of fear. This is humanity's most common fear.

November 5, 2008

I put up the last of my signs in the sunshine yesterday morning, voted in the afternoon, and went to an Election Night Party with Peter Myers last night where we watched the election results roll in. Before I left for the party, I responded to queries from the Green Party:

"I know that I don't have a chance of winning (especially with the health problems I had earlier this year, and not really starting until late September), but I do think it will be interesting to see what impact the TV ad has had in the 14th District. I have received some very positive feedback.

"On a more personal note, my family was very opposed to my run in 2006, my kids basically said that it would ruin their lives, if I was elected. When the Green Party asked me to run again, I thought if I could do it without it imposing an ordeal upon my family, without them even noticing, then I would do it. They did notice when I had to admit that I was gathering signatures to get on the ballot. They weren't exactly enthusiastic, but they haven't mounted opposition. My husband even became a citizen in September. My son who is a senior in High School registered to vote. So my husband and son will actually be voting for me today, which means more to me than all the other votes that are cast my way. Elections come and go, but my family, my marriage, is what gives me the strength to continue this work throughout my lifetime."

This morning I sent Cres another statement for the press:

It looks like the record turnout also gave a larger percentage of the votes to Green Party Congressional Challengers. Democratic incumbent Anna Eshoo garnered 70% of the vote (as of 6 am) the Republican challenger 22% (down from 2006) Libertarian Brian Holtz 4% and Green Carol Brouillet 3.5%.

Clearly the voters have had enough of the Republicans, and the mandate is for real change. I hope that we will see a reversal in the policies of torture, imperial aggression, the assault on civil liberties and the Constitution. I hope that the changes are not merely cosmetic and that we will see a continuity of policies favoring corporate power, private profit at the public expense. The work of the citizens to pressure for the roll back of the offensive legislation of the past decade has just begun. I would like to see genuine investigations and real accountability, but I don't think the Democrats will be capable of that since they were complicit in enabling the Bush Regime. I would love to be proven wrong. I am glad that the Green Party enabled some of us to raise the taboo issues that the Republicans and Democrats refuse to discuss and to raise questions that still demand answers. If we the people, do not know what is true, real, how can we make wise rational decisions for our future? The lies that have gotten us into wars are unraveling, only the truth will help us forge a new, peaceful, hopeful future for our country and the world.

There's a Green Party Meeting tonight, a Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance meeting tomorrow night. I just finished reading Anthony J. Hall's outstanding The American Empire and the Fourth World- The Bowl With One Spoon- Part One and am in the mids of Mark Gaffney's new book The 9/11 Mystery Plane and the Vanishing of America. The family, of course, wants me to take a vacation (and clean the house, bake cookies, make more food, love them...) I'm actually looking forward to taking some time off, to catch up with my personal life, but I know I can't resist doing the political work.

Ellen Brown sent me a link to her latest article: All Is Well in Stepfordville: More on the Pre-election Chicanery of the Plunge Protection Team which again exposes the criminal fraud behind our rigged stock market, which keeps luring victims into the financial game that wreaks havoc upon the planet. I also couldn't resist watching Zeitgeist Addendum which I thought was excellent (except the font on the titles was almost impossible to read- and should have been bigger for watching on the internet), although the site appeared to crash three or four minutes before the film ended and is still down. I could tell that the film maker really believed in the solution that he profers, but having confronted much of the problem that he articulates in the film, I think his solution is far too limited and only relevant to a small minority of people. It is much easier to describe a problem, than to come up with "the solution." When dealing with a very large systemic problem, I don't think there is a "silver bullet solution," we can only nudge the direction away from the suicidal path towards the evolutionary hopeful path, raising consciousness as widely as possible. That "nudging" can happen in an infinite number of ways and requires the creativity, ingenuity, energy of the majority of the people.

November 2, 2008

Between the cold that I caught from my children and the rain, I haven't found the strength or energy to do all I had hoped to do for the Congressional Campaign. I really appreciate the fancy new website that my volunteer came up with, but it is a little frustrating that it lacks some of the major issues that I had hoped to draw attention to- such as Continuity of Government. An excellent video of Dan Hamburg and Peter Dale Scott was posted at 911Blogger.com.

The most sobering thing about it, is the admission that we are losing in the larger information battle. Peter says that in Chicago when the mafia ruled with an iron hand and over 1000 people were killed, their murders were not investigated. This parallels today's situation where the murderous criminality of the power-holders is an, off the table, taboo, topic that cannot be discussed in the mainstream press. One is ignored or villified as a "conspiracy theorist" if one hints at the darker reality that "the most" organized crime is in complete control of our government.

Those "disorganized" honest folk, like me, really don't have a chance of getting our voices heard. We can squawk and make noise all we want in the swamp of the blogosphere, but who will hear us? There are so many layers of buffers that most folk have no idea that we exist or have any inkling of the information that we have. In the interview Peter Dale Scott says that probably less than 100 people in Congress are aware of COG, which in fact is more like "Change of Government"- the elimination of our Constitutional form of government, as we move into this undefined area where the government can do anything to anyone without any checks and balances or accountability.

I feel so inadequate to the task of communicating what I consider to be critical information, not just to the public, but to my friends, allies, press, people within my voting district. The TV ad was my feeble attempt at drawing attention to the larger issues, and I don't think it reached, touched or moved many people. It got almost zero press coverage, less than 2000 hits online, and who actually watches TV? I don't. At least, since I ran in 2006, if there is any significant change in how many votes that I receive, it might be indicative of the impact of the ad, but my campaign manager/webmaster feels that if I didn't speak about 9/11, and just stuck to economics, then I would do much better. He feels 9/11 is a polarizing issue, and I have certainly seen that happen, but I still can't keep my mouth shut. I want people to question 9/11; I want them to learn that they have been lied to; I want them to wake up, and help them find the courage to challenge a murderous regime.

I do think we need to hold a strategy retreat after the election. My husband wants me to take a vacation. I have received some great books in the past few days that I can hardly wait to read/review. I know that the next few years will be extremely challenging, and no matter what the outcome of the election, I certainly know that I need to organize myself better, to improve my effectiveness as an activist, person, political spokesperson. As it is, I still can almost never find a phone number, email address, or regular address when I need it- I have more contacts than I can manage scattered throughout stacks of paper, filing cabinets, the computer...

October 28, 2008

I can't believe the technical and physical challenges of the past few days. If I was paranoid, I would be highly suspicious of my nemesis, who is working closely with the NSA, and thinks the greatest threat to America today, is the cyberterrorist threat...

We had so much trouble with the campaign website and 99% of my emails to activists and activist lists bounced in the last few days- even the ones to the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance list which I moderate (actually those simply disappeared, as far as I know- or they could be buried in the 30 or so bounced emails that came back to me after the Tuesday morning press conference.8:27 pm I just figured out what I did wrong, my emails to the entire group for the past month have been going to the wrong email address- one we set up to facilitate the organizing of the 9/11 Film Festival- so the whole group has not been getting the emails- it's my fault, not the NSA...)

I just barely got the graphics done for the yard sign, in time to be printed and put together for the press conference. With so many details and things to bring and craziness (including taking people to and from airports) I managed to forget the most critical item-- the laptop with the ad on it. Tian did show up, allowing me the time to run back home and get it. I didn't know if any press or supporters would actually show up. I didn't have time to send out a single press release or print the one that Cres wrote. Don Kazak from the Palo Alto Weekly came by and a photographer/journalist from Stanford University, and a couple of other local activists, but that was it. I posted this at 911Blogger.com:

Tuesday, October 28, 2008, a press conference was held in front of the incumbent, Anna Eshoo's office, the new TV AD was shown to the only journalist, Don Kazak, who came to the pretty last minute event. I have known Don Kazak for years, he has written a few stories about my activism before. Here is what he wrote:

(Posted at paloaltoonline.com/news/show_story.php?id=9825)

Palo Altan Carol Brouillet, who is the Green Party candidate running against Rep. Anna Eshoo, D-Palo Alto, will get her message on TV with a 30-second ad scheduled to start running Wednesday.

Brouillet said the ads will run more than 200 times in the 14th Congressional District at or near prime time on cable channels CNN, Fox and CNBC. Because the ads are just running in the district, "they aren't that expensive," she said.

Brouillet has long been a critic of the government's explanation of what happened on Sept. 11, 2001, when the World Trade Towers were demolished by terrorists who hijacked commercial jetliners.

"A number of documentaries have questioned the official explanation of 9/11," Brouillet said. "Internationally, people are questioning the official story."

-- Don Kazak

If you could add a comment online, it would be appreciated. PS. We were passing out yard signs at the press conference for Cynthia McKinney and for Carol Brouillet, one woman, just passing by asked me if I was Cynthia and said that she had already voted for Cynthia, she was happy to get lawn signs for both of us to put up in her yard. (I still have signs for both McKinney and I, if anyone (local) would like one.)

I hate doing the press work; I hate making press phone calls; I hate faxing press releases. The best thing about having the radio show for a year and a half was I didn't feel so guilty about not doing media outreach because I was media. I could pour a ton of energy and effort into an event and there are zero guarantees of any press coverage or whether they will ignore me or bash us mercilously.

I am so grateful and filled with love for the people who do come to events, show support, write letters, comments, help in any way. I must admit that I don't think I could do this work if I didn't know that no matter how mercilously I am treated by the press, when I come home, my husband and kids still love me and appreciate and support me and my efforts (even if they don't want me to win elections and wish I wouldn't work so hard.)

I'm still having trouble with the new campaign website, though. I still don't know how to move things around and use all the tools. I also managed to catch the cold that Jeremy gave to Daniel which means I just can't think as well as I normally do.

October 26, 2008

No matter what I do, I can never catch up with the work. I was trying to fix up the new campaign website this weekend, but it went down today and still isn't accessible or functional (although it should be up by midnight when I will crash...) Blaine was supposed to do a sign for me, but I guess he was too busy. There will be a press conference (for my TV ad campaign at Eshoo's office) on Tuesday at 10 am, but there is a lot to do before then- and I have yet to receive the revised press release from Cres or send him all my press contacts.

In addition to all the demands of the family, the international financial crisis is getting worse. Ellen Brown just posted an excellent article on THE NOT-SO-INVISIBLE HAND: HOW THE PLUNGE PROTECTION TEAM KILLED CAPITALISM. In the news, European and Asian leaders met to discuss creating a new global financial system, suggesting that they might even shut down the stock markets for a week or two to "sort things out"... The US does seem to have taken on the role of the world's pariah and cause of the debacle.

My son's sick and everyone is hoping that we won't all succumb to his illness...

October 23, 2008

We finished the new Carol Brouillet for Congress TV Ad

I also got an email from Jeff Bosakowski who interviewed me at the 9/11 Film Festival at the Grand Lake Theater on 9/11/2008 and posted the interview-

(Part II)

I think he did a good job, and I appreciate the help I'm getting from so many talented people, including activist, Robert Livingston, a gifted photographer, journalist, who also helped us at the Impeachment Rally/Cindy Sheehan for Congress Rally at the SF Chronicle, today, and created an entry in Wikipedia about me. Blain Machan, the Deception Dollar artist is going to try to help me with graphics for a belated yard sign. (I just picked up 43 that have a spelling error, and I can use the good side which is for Cynthia McKinney and paste one of my own over the side with the error.) Demand for them might pick up when the TV ad is shown. So much to do and never enough time. The campaign website needs so much work. I was up until 1 am last night trying to learn how to connect articles to live links on the site. Once I learn it, I'll be able to do a lot more relatively quickly, but alas I have so much to learn and never enough time to get all the articles, op-eds, press releases written and sent out, in addition to the legwork for the campaign. Plus I have kids to take to soccer games, on field trips, who need milk, dinner, attention, on top of the political work. At least the kids on the Gunn Robotics Team that I chauffeured today expressed a greater interest in my work than my own son (who is SO TIRED of hearing me articulate any political opinions because he has heard almost nothing else his entire life).

I doubt if I'll win the election, but I hope that I can at least raise the visibility of the issues I care about at this critical time. I know a lot of people are glad that someone is not to afraid to speak frankly and honestly about 9/11 and the total looting of the country by the most flagrant criminals/occupiers of high offices.

(If anyone has the energy/time next week to help put up signs in transportation corridors or your yard or window, if you are in the 14th District- please email me or give me a call- cbrouillet@igc.org 650-857-0927.

October 13, 2008

I can't keep up with all the work that needs to be done. I'm trying to learn joomla and help with the new campaign website, but there is so much work to be done, and I still don't know how to navigate around the site and organize content. At the same time, we are working on a television ad which I hope will raise consciousness and inspire people, but it is pretty challenging to do a message in 30 seconds that won't shock, terrify, people who have never heard that there was anything wrong with the official myth of 9/11 before. Fortunately some very gifted, talented advisors are stepping forward to help. My husband is weathering the financial crisis well and I think the whole family is beginning to appreciate one another and the "most important things" over material "wealth." My article Evolution of the Apocalypse- Empire's Demise- Human Renaissance will be published in an Australian magazine called New Dawn and was also posted at 911Truth.org. I know that it could have been much better and shorter, but I was under deadline and had to get it finished, to move on to other deadlines. Maria Gilardin- who produces TUC Radio also wants to produce a radio show about it and get me to interview Mike Nickerson, which I hope to do, but I need some help from my husband first to install, and to learn yet more technology, so that I can record my conversations on skype. Maybe, in the future, I'll be able to resume the radio show, once I figure out how to record, edit, and upload sound files.

October 6, 2008

I've been extremely busy. Last Wednesday, I participated in Political Awareness Day at Foothill College, and people were very receptive to our message and table. That night I attended the Green Party meeting and brought home lots of Cynthia McKinney yard signs, which I need to distribute and get up. We received an unexpected windfall in donations. On Thursday I was able to give the financial report of an improved $7500 balance to the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance at the San Francisco Meeting where we had a couple of new faces. The group also voted to reimburse me for the $1500 I lost on the premieres of Loose Change last December, and they voted to donate $500 towards 911Truth.org. Vic Sadot also came to Foothill College and the meeting and needs some help to relocate to California. We did vote some money to buy some of his CDs to table and offered him the use of our new DVD burner. (We also voted $200 towards a new awning- but I'm not going to go shopping for that, as long as I can avoid it.)

I had hoped to get an article to Janice at 911Truth.org on 9/11 and the financial crisis on Friday morning, but it kept growing in length, and I just finished it today, after a good three solid days of work. I wrote it for multiple reasons, including to prepare myself for the scheduled radio show on Rethinking Money that was supposed to take place this evening, but I was a bit stunned to discover this afternoon that the We The People Radio Network shut down, as of today. I ended up posting a draft of my article Evolution of the Apocalypse- Empire's Demise- Human Renaissance on the show's website. Chuck is helping me to edit it, and I still need to add the footnotes.

It has been a challenging piece to write, in the midst of the passage of the $850,000,000,000 bailout bill which was rushed through Congress (much like the PATRIOT Act). In my research (no surprise to me and those who have been keeping an eye on this government), those most responsible for the crisis (like those most responsible for 9/11) are the ones who will benefit from the bailout and undoubtedly hope to benefit greatly from whatever follows. 9/11 didn't "just happen" and neither did the crisis, it was engineered. Naomi Wolf lays it out very well in a recent speech. Bush is following the textbook path to constructing a Facsist Dictatorship. His basic message to Congress and the American people in September was "Panic! Be very afraid! Only I and my cronies can save you, trust me." And on October 1, 2008 he brought in an army battalion to help him "maintain control."

Most Americans don't even realize we are living under Continuity of Government, in a State of Emergency, the world is Bush's battlefield and he can designate anyone, anywhere, anytime a terrorist or enemy combatant and have them disappeared, rendered, tortured, killed. Wolf suggests our best hope at this point, in light of Congress's failure to stand up to Bush last Friday and caving in to the pressure- urge State Attorney Generals to arrest Bush. We can't give in to fear, we must stop him before the situation gets even worse than it is now. Paulson was one of the architects of the crisis, he should be in jail, not determining which institutions go belly up, and which survive, and which will profit handsomely as they devour their rivals.

KTVU posted my candidate's speech:

I also plan on getting some ads on TV for ridiculously low prices and I was planning on drawing attention to 9/11 and the bogus NIST Report, but in light of the current situation, since I am so late in doing anything for my campaign, I'm thinking I should devote all the energy to the strongest message to just wake up the country. I only have 15 and 30 second spots, though. If anyone has some brilliant ideas, send them my way. I have so little time to come up with text, ads, signs, and I am in the process of revamping my old carolforcongress.org website- although we still don't have control of the darn thing.

September 29, 2008, My second son's 18th birthday

According to Rep. Michael Burgess from the 26th District in Fort Worth, Texas martial law (a procedure in Congress to bypass normal procedures to hasten passage of legislation) was declared over the weekend and Congress is really being forced to pass the Bailout, before it has been written, read, understood. It is probably opposed by everyone, except those few who will get a piece of the pie. I did call and write to Eshoo urging her to oppose the bill, but I'm not surprised that she seems to have already casted her lot in with Pelosi, Bush and the rest of the gang hellbent on looting the country. [Hey, I just heard that the bail-out was defeated! There is hope!]

Last weekend the American Monetary Institute held their annual conference in Chicago. They also posted their reaction to the criminally insane $700 billion proposed grab.

While I doubt if everyone in the country is ready to pause, sit still, and listen, it is certainly time for people to begin thinking about what is wrong with our financial system, how it works, what is money, how we could improve the system. I suppose the rush to push 700,000,000,000 into the pockets of those who have created the current crisis is to insure golden parachutes for those ready to skip the country to avoid the wrath of the American people and the world. While the likelihood of honest elections are remote, there is a chance of massive voter revolt at both the Republican and Democratic parties for their participation in the trashing of our Constitution, the illegal wars, and the economic havoc.

Our institutions- like the government and the media- have lost so much credibility, however, I doubt that anyone would trust them to come up with any sort of real reform to solve the problems that they have gotten us into. The only hope is ousting the incumbents, holding them accountable for their crimes, and finding some courageous, honest people willing to tackle the mess that they have made, including the financial debacle.

Next week I will be doing a radio show on Rethinking Money with Mike Nickerson, author of Life, Money & Illusion- Living on Earth as if we want to stay.

Mike wrote to me this morning:

I'm looking forward to the opportunity to address the crisis... One can only speculate productively for a while, but we need vision of a destination if we are to have hope of getting there.

Below is an article I recently wrote on the issue.

A Silver Lining to the Economic Downturn
by Mike Nickerson

An alternative to panicking when GDP stops growing is to view it as a sign of maturity.

Human activity cannot expand forever on our finite planet. An economy growing at 3% a year doubles its size every 24 years. Centuries of such growth have brought us to a mature size. As with individual maturity, there comes a time for societies to stop growing and to take responsibly for their strength and impacts on others.

As a mature species, we have two responsibilities to Earth and ultimately, to ourselves. The first is to live within the availability of natural resources. Global production of oil has stalled for three years at about 85 million barrels a day, yet demand continues to increase. This results in rising prices. The increased cost is reminding us all about how dependent we are on this particular resource.

While fossil fuels are a well-known resource issue, there is also cause for concern with fresh water, forests, fish, soil fertility and other resources.

Our second responsibility is to keep our waste within tolerable bounds. Climate change is a direct result of human activity having grown to where our C02 emissions are overwhelming the ability of oceans and forests to absorb it, leaving it to accumulate in the atmosphere. What is the logic of policies aimed at doubling our size, when current activities, at the present population level, have already brought us to the edge of climate chaos?

Climate change is not the only issue related to tolerance. Respiratory problems, many cancers and other illnesses, which result from the accumulation of manufactured toxins, are also wake up calls.

The sub-prime mortgage crisis rivals the price of fuel and climate change in terms of public concern. It too can be linked to confrontation with planetary limits.

Over the centuries, the expansion of our growth-dependent type of monetary system has inflated it to gargantuan proportions. In North America, to accomplish 3% growth, over four hundred billion dollars in new business has to take place in the present year. This is over and above the fifteen trillion dollars worth of transactions already taking place. Large amounts of new money has to be loaned into existence to accommodate this expansion.

Before humans filled the Earth, there were areas of untapped natural resources, from which we could produce things of tangible value that people were willing and able to pay for - businesses, houses, tools, food and the like - to back up an exponentially expanding money supply. By the 1980s, it was becoming increasingly difficult to produce enough real wealth to do the job. Following "junk bonds," and the DotCom bubble, bidding up real estate became a primary means for expanding the money supply. When that bubble threatened to burst after 9/11, interest rates were dropped to almost nothing and mortgages were offered to people with no down payments and little credit worthiness. At hundreds of thousands of dollars each, great quantities of money were loaned into circulation. It appeared to work, until energy driven inflation prompted interest rate increases that many sub-prime mortgage holders were unable to pay.

These problems indicate that the time has come for a fundamental change. Fuel prices, climate change and the sub-prime mortgage crisis are all symptoms of one cause. They will not effectively be resolved until the fact that human activity has grown to stretch planetary limits is addressed. We cannot grow out of problems that result from our size.

When we stopped growing as individuals, it was not the end of the world. Indeed, for most of us, life had scarcely begun before physical maturity. Even as physical growth ended, we became better informed, more comfortable in ourselves and we developed the skills and relationships that define our lives. The same can be true for civilization.

Among the first things societies can do, as we acknowledge our maturity, is to shift investment into education and health care. Unlike cars and expanding highway networks, which are resource and waste intensive, education and health care (particularly care at the preventative level) consist almost entirely of knowledge and good will.

Another step will be to revive local, small-scale agriculture. Food produced in this way requires less fuel and other natural resources and has been shown to produce more food per acre, of a higher nutritional quality, than industrial scale farming.

Investing in education, health care and local food security makes sense, if what we want is a healthy, well fed, educated population. With the present commitment to make money grow, however, such goals appear self-serving. Our advanced size requires that all our efforts be focused on monetary expansion.

Do we want to grow money or food? As long as our goal is defined as making the GDP grow, efficiency will be measured entirely in terms of what makes the most money. Even though industrial agriculture produces less food per acre, than small-scale local framing, it does produce a greater crop of investment capital. Money borrowed for heavy equipment, fuel, pesticides and fertilizer earns interest and, driven by payment schedules, stimulates efforts to maximize financial return. Local farming, on the other hand, contributes relatively little to the immediate need of expanding capital. It tends to put money into the pockets of farmers who, rather than investing it, are more likely to buy food, shelter and education for their children.

When industrialization began, it was recognized that mechanized, mass production could provide products at a fraction of the cost of hand-made goods. The main obstacle to applying the industrial process to all manner of goods was a shortage of capital. Because it costs a lot of up-front money to build an industry, our system of mutual provision (the economy) was designed to encourage the expansion of capital. However, now that the world is awash in so much capital that, a continuous stream of speculative bubbles is necessary to give it places to invest, it is time for another goal.

As we mature as a society, the things that indicate well-being change. Measuring how much a baby grows is a good measure of its health; it is not an effective way to measure the well-being of an adult. If we want to resolve today's multiple crises, we need more detailed information.

At present, if there is a natural disaster, toxic spill or a health epidemic, the costs of dealing with the problems are added to the GDP, giving the false impression that we are better off. While more money might be flowing, life is degraded by such things. If we were to measure social and environmental factors of well-being with the same authority and enthusiasm with which we measure GDP, much of the confusion would be avoided. A Genuine Progress Index (GPI) would provide a broader spectrum of information, enabling the costs and benefits of different activities to be assessed with greater accuracy. Along with the traditional economic indicators, accounts about air quality and health issues, for example, would reveal that the hundreds of millions of dollars spent annually on medicine to relieve respiratory suffering is more a sign of distress than of economic progress.

A legitimized indicator that shows whether social and environmental factors are improving or deteriorating would create the awareness needed to stimulate serious actions toward solving the problems.

By identifying resource draw-down, pollution, and disruptions to communities, with a GPI, external factors would enter the picture. Presently externalized costs are not included in the price of goods. When such costs are added to production costs, those goods that are socially and environmentally friendly would be less expensive and those that cause problems would cost more. Both consumers and producers would then be inclined toward responsible products.

Taking the additional step of shifting the skill, ingenuity and persuasive effort that is presently applied toward engineering obsolescence, and, instead, using it to design durable, easily repaired goods, and to reclaim pride in objects that have long served us, could cut up to 50% off of our material and energy consumption and consequent impacts.

One final shift - from looking for fulfillment in material goods, to seeking it in friendships, knowledge, appreciation, service, music, art, sport and adventure - would complete the transformation. Coupled with environmentally responsible agriculture, such a change could reduce our impacts to practically nothing. That is, the real costs of maintaining well-being for humans, in terms of the ability of Earth to sustain life over time, would be negligible.

By finding satisfaction in the richness of being human, we could change the image of our species from that of a potentially terminal blight on the Earth, to something much more suiting to our position amidst the life of this planet. As a mature species, we could reward three billion years of evolution by adding laughter, love, awe and wonder to a deep appreciation for the incredible accomplishments by which life has brought us to this point.

While arguments persist about oil supplies, climate change and the possibility of perpetual economic expansion, we are well advised to acknowledge the ultimate finiteness of Earth and accept responsibility. Policies intent on expanding until the last possible moment will almost certainly be followed by disaster.

Human ingenuity is more than sufficient to provide food, shelter and other necessities without having to double the total of all our activities every 24 years. It is a Question of Direction. We need to choose between the goal of perpetual growth and that of long-term well-being.

We celebrate when our children grow. If an adult continues to grow like a child, however, it is cause for serious concern. Developing a healthy steady-state economy is no more frightening than the prospect of becoming adult is for a teenager. The silver lining to this economic downturn is the opportunity it offers to grow up and take responsibility for our impacts. It can be done.

I am really amazed that the system has lasted as long as it has, but it has only been able to do so through fraud and complicity of the government at the very highest levels, rewriting laws to allow the financial sector to oversee itself and come up with ever more complex schemes to lure money into its grasp. All the money on the planet multiplied ten times couldn't come up with enough money to cancel all the debts that have been wracked up. I wrote- Reinventing Money, Restoring the Earth, Reweaving the Web of Life over a dozen years ago, but it still is a valid criticism of the monetary system and points towards local, regional, national, and global approaches towards needed systemic change.

Having spoken with numerous people who have studied money in depth, written many books, and who have come up with various ideas for change, I do realize that there is no one size fits all, magic bullet scheme to solving the current crisis. Money is basically an agreement, and it can be backed by brutal military force, or a spirit of cooperation and completely voluntarily. Ideally, it should be simple, clear, just, transparent, serve everyone's needs- which is the opposite of our current system which few people understand, relies on deception, and secrecy, concentrating wealth and power while destroying the Earth in the process.

I think the biggest challenge facing us is that so many misconceptions have to be unlearned, in order for people to grasp the reality of what money actually is today. We also must recognize our ability to change the system, and the need to reinvent money, so that it serves, rather than threatens, all of Life and humanity.

September 25, 2008

I have been so busy that I haven't had time to do 4% of the things I have planned on doing each day. Today I missed two demos against the Bailout of the crooks who caused the financial crisis, and the evening event on election issues in San Jose. At least I did make it over to KTVU and did my 5 minute speech. They made me edit it down, and then when I did it- I ended up with 20 seconds to spare... oh well. They were quite nice, though. I joked with the producers, "So, is the content of this speech legal or criminal, do I have to worry about Homeland Security busting me?" The response from the cameraman: "Homeland Security already knows the names of your grandkids..." (That haven't been born, yet...) They asked me if I was organizing the protests against the bailouts and I told them that I didn't have time to organize them, but that I'd probably try to attend them, but by the time I was back in Palo Alto, and had picked up the food, and CSA vegetables, I was too late for both the Palo Alto and San Jose protests. I figured I wasn't really needed in San Jose this evening, and that the kids would prefer it, if I stayed home and fed them.

There is so much to be said about the current "crisis." I must admit that I have been reading the point of view of my friends who have been writing, studying the financial/monetary system critically, in depth for years and years, and see its flaws, and have ideas on how to fix it. The major obstacle being that those in charge of it are the biggest criminals in the world, and they have institutionalized gambling, and ridiculous derivitives, and financial instruments on a colossal scale, without any kind of oversight or regulation, that has ballooned into a giant monster dwarfing the real economy, cannibalizing all the genuine investments, savings, in the process. These are the guys who have created the problem, and want to be sure that they and their pals don't get hammered, but are quite willing to let the taxpayers take the hit, and the pain of their bad bets and bursted bubble. We have never seen a more ripe moment for genuine reform, but there is almost no glimmer of hope with criminals installed in the White House and Congress. A few brave voices issue challenges, alternative proposals, but their voices are drowned out by the "Sky is Falling" President, ready to seal the biggest financial heist deal in history. I hope there is enough anger that every politician that goes along with it- gets canned.

I wonder how many people are actually noticing what is going on, and whether they would be willing to learn a bit about money and the economy. It does seem like the government is preparing for great civil unrest now, and I bet they are more worried about people waking up and recognizing and identifying the biggest crooks, liars and thieves in the land, and organizing more than just protests.

September 21, 2008, The International Day of Peace, and my first-born's 20th Birthday

I have been in recovery from our September 11th events, and also working hard to catch up on all the paperwork, banking, and television speeches. I can never catch up, but at least the challenging part has been tempered by dome pleasant gatherings- including a party in celebration of Jim Hoffman and Victoria Ashley's wedding last night (I baked a quickly devoured 6 layer coconut cake). There was another smaller welcoming party for Annie Machon. Unfortunately her event conflicts with the radio show that I had planned to do with her- so I had to hurry and find other guests. Right now I am trying to read the 600 page The American Empire and the Fourth World which is excellent, but I only have a few hours before the family returns from a backpacking trip.

I also never did a good write-up of our September 6th Rally/March and wish I had time to write a good article on the movement's 7th anniversay events, but as usual- there aren't enough hours in the day to do it all. I've also been getting some flak and threats from within and outside of the group, but I try not to let them bother me to much or kill my committment to getting the essential work done.

I'm trying to get help for a tv spot drawing attention to WTC7 and the need for truth, a real investigation, impeachment for my Congressional campaign.

Here's the 5 minute speech I wrote for KTVU; it's always a challenge to write something for people who actually watch television. I think I owe my sanity to the fact that I stopped watching tv about 34 years ago. I do believe it is the most Orwellian form of Thought Control devised. The question is- how do we break the trance? Or is it meant to divide the country? It does seem that the country is being savagely attacked right now, by those who seek to loot it, control it, use it to fund their attacks on the rest of the world.

Hello. I am Carol Brouillet, Green Party Candidate in California’s 14th Congressional District. It is out of love for my family and the world that I work for political change. I want to redirect our nation’s resources from a war economy-- from killing and controlling-- towards a peace economy. War is the biggest, most lucrative business on the planet.

Congress has supported a corporate military agenda that threatens our nation and the world. The Executive Branch has attacked our rights, launched pre-emptive wars based on deceptions, institutionalized torture, military and police force against people who stand in its way. The most outrageous conspiracy theory about 9/11 was the one used to sell the war in Iraq.

The Bush Administration’s corruption of science to pursue political goals violates the health and well-being of all and clouds our ability to make rational, wise decisions. The White House directed the EPA to falsely reassure people about the air and water quality at Ground Zero in the wake of 9/11. As a result, people are still dying from their exposure to the toxic dust.

Congress failed to investigate 9/11. The 9/11 Commission, overseen by the author of the pre-emptive war doctrine, used their report, with its omissions and distortions, based on unreliable tortured confessions, to justify the construction of Homeland Security, and to pave the path for future wars. Yet, Congress approved its flawed recommendations, to expand a police state that has been used to violently suppress and criminalize us.

Why were those most responsible for the failures of the military and the intelligence agencies on September 11th, rewarded with promotions and increased budgets?

The Project for a New American Century, called for the U.S. to extend its power, through a “Revolution in Military Affairs,” including the domination of space, cyberspace, military technologies, and information systems. Their “Rebuilding America’s Defenses” report says: “The process of transformation is likely to be a long one, absent some catastrophic and catalyzing event, like a New Pearl Harbor.”

Who had the ability to carry out 9-11, to destroy the evidence, to cover it up, and who benefited? Cheney and Rumsfeld had worked for twenty years on “Continuity of Government plans” which were partially implemented on the morning of 9/11. The emergency measures have been renewed annually by the President, although the details have been kept secret. We do know that within the Continuity of Government plans, Congress is viewed as an impediment that can be discarded in favor of unelected, unknown appointees.

Cheney and Bush must be asked to testify “What were the orders that they issued that morning?” and “Who was overseeing the multiple war exercises that were being conducted?”

In August, the government released a report on World Trade Center 7. Not hit by a plane, its rapid disintegration into a neat pile exhibited all the characteristics of a controlled demolition. Yet, the report claims this 47-story steel-framed high rise collapsed on 9/11 due to normal office fires--a first in history. It's farcical Bush science, denying reality.

Treason is a crime which demands impeachment. We need to impeach those who have committed the highest crimes against our country. We need to recognize that the “War on Terror” is the biggest fraud ever and is a “War of Terror” against all of us.

“Real security” doesn’t depend upon weapons, spies, deceptions. Security cannot come from terrorizing entire nations in order to maintain the wealth and power of a few over the many. Real security comes from healthy relationships, a healthy environment, the cooperation of those who value and respect life and one another.

We must have voter verified paper ballots. We need to ban corporate money from campaigns. We need citizen oversight at every level of our electoral processes, or we will be stuck with illegitimate, criminal governments serving corporations, at the expense of people and planet.

The failure of the press to seek the truth, expose the lies, has obliged those of us who love life and care to become the media.

I organized the first rallies and marches to demand a Congressional Investigation of 9/11, the first San Francisco International Inquiry into 9/11, I have been out in the streets, organizing 9/11 Film Festivals, events for years. Those who look at the evidence know that the official reports on 9/11 are frauds.

We need a genuine investigation of 9/11, we need the truth, to make wise, intelligent decisions. Aung Sung Suu Kyi wrote: "It is not power that corrupts, but fear -- fear of losing power and fear of the scourge of those who wield it." War, terror, fear have been wielded by those frightened of losing power. Do we want to be ruled by fear or to be ruled by laws which apply equally to everyone. We must champion truth. Truth is powerful, combined with love, it gives us the courage to speak, and becomes the most powerful force in the Universe. Vote for truth, for impeachment, for genuine investigations, for peace, for justice. Vote Green, for me, Carol Brouillet, for Congress.

Not the best speech, but I didn't have much time, and a deadline to get it into the teleprompter. This is the least I can do, since I'm on the ballot, and doing this to try to raise a few issues...

September 13, 2008

I'm beginning to recover from the events of the last week, although we just got nailed with a medical bill for our son for over $25,000 which we don't know if the insurance company will cover, which feels like getting hit by a car. These past two weeks have been incredibly demanding, and I am way behind in everything, from just trying to pull off the 7th annual 9/11 Truth Rally and March (Report posted here) and the 4th annual 9/11 Film Festival (Report posted here). In addition to those events, I've been doing my radio shows, there was a Dinner for Bob Bowman, a Candidate's Forum, we tabled at the Grand Lake Theater the night before at a comedy event, not to mention the demands of the kids, soccer season has started, the endless demand for cookies, brownies, etc... plus dinner.

On September 11th, when things were under control at the Film Festival, I went off with my dearest friend, Maria Gilardin, to get something to eat at a nearby Thai Restaurant, it was my only meal that day, the first in 24 hours, and a pleasure to relax and catch up with my friend. I am feeling a mixture of emotions as the world does seem to be waking up, but our progress in the US is torturously slow. It was inspiring to see the theater filled with people and most people seemed to think it was a great success, only one friend told me to take three deep breaths and proceeded to tell me what was wrong with it. I know it could have been better, but I did what I could, and am not going to beat myself up for what I failed to do. My dreams are so beyond anything that anyone could acheive in a lifetime, I am continually contenting myself with the knowledge that I tried.

August 30, 2008

I've been on an emotional roller coaster over the past several days. I've felt the pressure of wanting to do way more than I am physically capable of (resulting in headaches, migraines, stress, nausea) and had to let go of things that I really felt were important (like getting out our yearly newsletter and word of the upcoming events to the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance mailing list). It was torturous for me to let go of that, but the deadline came and the group discouraged me from trying. On top of that, Thursday was my birthday and Daniel's birthday, and the last day the family was together before Jules left for College.

Yesterday was my mom's birthday and I had a headache the whole day. Today, I woke up again, with a headache, and checked my email. The situation in Denver and Minneapolis is terrible. The police are attacking and terrifying the peaceful protesters and the media is doing a hatchet job and vilifying Alex Jones. Starhawk sent a letter detailing the pre-emptive strikes/raids on activists in the convergence center and local homes prior to the RNC. She wrote a long letter, this is just the tail end:

"A protestor has been released from the building. A small crowd has gathered across the street, and Fox News has arrived. They interview Song, who does her first ever Fox media spot. She tells them the truth—that people were in there watching movies—a documentary about Meridel Le Seuer. Meridel would be proud, and I’m glad she is with us in some form.

"One by one, protestor’s trickle out. Now we get more pieces of the story. The cops burst in, with no warning. They pulled drew their guns on everyone—including a five year old child who was there with his mother, forced everyone down on the floor. It was terrifying.

"They had a warrant, apparently, from the county, not the city, to search for ‘bomb making materials.’ They were searching everyone in the building, then one by one releasing them as they found nothing.

"They continue to find nothing, as we wait through long hours. Meanwhile, more and more media arrives. These cops are not as creative as the DC cops during our first mobilization there against the International Monetary Fund and the World Bank. Those cops confiscated the lunchtime soup—which included onions and chili powder, claiming they were materials for home made pepper spray.

"We wait until the last person gets out. He’s a twenty year old who the cops have accused of stealing his own backpack—but apparently they relented.

"And now it’s morning. I wake up to the news that cops have been raiding houses where activists are staying, bursting in with the same bogus warrant and arresting people, including a four year old child. They’ve arrested people at the Food Not Bombs house—a group dedicated to feeding protestors and the homeless. They’ve arrested others, presumably just for being in the wrong place at the wrong time.

"The Poor Peoples’ Campaign, which had set up camp at Harriet Island, a park in the middle of the Mississippi, has also been harassed, its participants ordered to disperse and its organizers arrested.

"Let me be perfectly clear here—all of us here are planning nonviolent protests against an administration which is responsible for immense violence, bombs that have destroyed whole countries, and hundreds of thousands of deaths.

"This is the America that eight years of the Bush administration have brought us, a place where dissent is no longer tolerated, where pre-emptive strikes have become the strategy of choice for those who hold power, where any group can be accused of ‘bombmaking’ or ‘terrorism’ on no evidence whatsoever in order to deter dissent.

"Please stand with us. Because it could be your home they are raiding, next.

"Call the Mayors of St. Paul and Minneapolis. Tell them you are outraged by these attacks on dissent. Urge them to let Poor People encamp and to let dissent be heard.

"FLOOD THE MAYORS' OFFICES ASAP

St. Paul Mayor Chris Coleman

651-266-8510

"Minneapolis Mayor RT Rybak

(612) 673-2100

(612) 673-3000 outside Minneapolis"

I was in tears reading this. I had watched the video of the police surrounding protesters in Denver, 2000 of them, trapping them, attacking them... (Remembering what that was like when Starhawk and I were trapped with hundreds of other in Washington DC at a peaceful antiwar demo outside the IMF in September 2001... Remembering the police stopping my son and I at midnight on HWY 101, pulling their guns on us, handcuffing me, putting me in the back of a dark police car...)

I called the first mayor and spoke, the person on the line said she would pass on the message (taking my name and phone number). I tried the last number and got a human being who listened to me and gave me the mayor's phone number-612-673-2100 which I called and no one answered.

My heart goes out to the people in Denver and Minneapolis organizing, protesting, challenging the corporate/war/media machine... I knew that I would be insanely busy just trying to pull off our events and couldn't dream of going to Denver or Minneapolis on top of everything else, but I appreciate that they have found the courage and strength to try to assert their rights, and demonstrate to the country how the police and politicians are working hand and hand to destroy those rights.

On my birthday, I also got a call from Richard Hayes Phillips who wrote WITNESS TO A CRIME: A CITIZENS' AUDIT OF AN AMERICAN ELECTION and who will be speaking at the Grand Lake Theater on Tuesday, September 9, 2008. He also plays a musical instrument and played me a little song for my birthday. I had planned on tabling at his event and he has been invited to table at the Film Festival, but just after he hung up, I got another call from the League of Women Voters to invite me to their Candidate's Forum on the very same night. So between the rally and the film festival, I get to speak with the incumbent Anna Eshoo, and the Republican and Libertarian challengers for the 14th Congressional District. The hard thing will be to keep within the time limits and to not lose my temper over what Congress has aided and abetted over the past 16 years. Beside 9/11, waging war on Afghanistan, Iraq, threatening other countries, attacking the Constitution, Bill of Rights, institutionalizing torture... it seems like the US military is pouring weapons into Georgia and using the provocative massacre of South Ossetia on 8/08/2008 to provoke a major war with Russia.

I was planning on being out in the streets/tabling/running around today, but the headache slowed me down, and here I am again, writing html, revising the Film Festival Program, wondering where I should direct my time, energy, attention to have the most impact. I wonder sometimes if the great articles/info on the internet is being "read" or "ignored" or "lost"... There is so much clamouring for people's attention. When I gave up on the newsletter, I emailed the group and said "I'll bake cookies, instead." I wasn't joking. I bring cookies to all my rallies, meetings, events and give them to the public and the volunteers. I'm a great cook and I enjoy baking. My kids love cookies and Jeremy had asked me to bake him some cookies to take with him to the Games Conference that he is attending this weekend. I gave up on the newsletter and baked cookies for Jeremy, who greatly appreciated them and thanked me for them. It was tangible, real. I pour two days into an article, webpage, press advisory, blast it out and who is to say if it ever gets read, seen, or has any impact whatsoever.

Can passion, ideas, words, hope, love, change the world? I don't know. I have only learned recently that people don't make decisions based upon rational thinking; they make decisions based upon their emotions, and often they have no idea how those emotions are being manipulated by those "constructing our cultural reality." We live in a world of intricately overlapping cultural circles, all affecting one another in surprising, unintentional, unpredictable ways.

Sometimes I think I care too much, but I can not stop caring, feeling, and sensing that I bear some responsibility for what is happening, that my thoughts, actions, words, efforts do make a difference... But what that is... I really don't know.

August 26, 2008

NIST Came out with the most ridiculous "Fires brought down WTC7, (for the first time in history fire has brought down a steel structure...) Report" last Thursday. The NY Times quoted Richard Gage, AIA challenging the ridiculous official claims. I was surprised Richard even came to our meeting on Thursday night- he should have been on the National News debunking the official line, but I don't think ae911truth.org has got its media response committee intact, neither do I. I barely got out review copies of the films we are premiering to the film reviewers and meant to send out press advisories, but still haven't gotten them out.

Last night I was impressed by the organizers in Canada on my radio show who are organizing a Truth Tour and a March on Ottawa and produced a great film Montreal, Next Terror Target? It's so much work to organize and takes so much time. Today was the first day of school, and aside from my youngest, Daniel, it seems like we never really got a summer vacation.

I also got a DVD in the mail yesterday of The Elephant in the Room, a British, award winning documentary on the 9/11 Truth Movement, with some excellent interviews of Cynthia McKinney, William Rodriguez, Scott Forbes (describing the power down that took place the weekend before), the first responders, Richard Gage, and good cameos of Alex Jones, Richard Gage, Cosmos. I wish I had received it, and permission to screen it sooner, as it is almost impossible to fit it into the program now, although a new wrench has been thrown into the program which the organizing committee is going to have to help me figure out how to solve (especially since I was heavily berated for the last program change that I made without consulting them. Groan, Sigh...)

August 19, 2008

It's been an incredibly busy and demanding week for me, not only organizing the upcoming The 9/11 Film Festival coming up in Oakland this September 11th, but also challenging Nancy Pelosi on her book tour, talking with Congresswoman Jackie Speier at the event on 9/11, COG and impeachment... tabling and reconnecting with David Rovics at a local concert. I also got a call from Jesse Ventura and we had a good, long conversation (just wish it could have been on my radio show).

Last night I was not too surprized, but quite disappointed when Cynthia McKinney and Rosa Clemente failed to do the scheduled interviews. At the last minute I found back-up guests- Les Jamieson speaking on the NYC 9/11 Ballot Initiative and 9/11 Citizen's Watch founder Kyle Hence, co-producer of Aftermath- Unanswered Questions from 9/11, 9/11 Press for Truth, and In Their Own Words: The Untold Stories of the 9/11 Families. Luckily Les wanted to speak, and Kyle was gracious to join me, and we, frankly, had a rare chance to catch up, since our paths don't cross that often, but we have all been working on 9/11 for so long and continue to do so.

Kyle and I had been exchanging emails earlier in the day over In Their Own Words: The Untold Stories of the 9/11 Families, Ken Ellis was in the credits, but when I invited him to our Film Festival and asked for some help, he shocked me by saying he didn't even know the film existed!!! We had been finalizing the card we were making to pass out at the 911 Power to the Peaceful Festival and for a while, I was afraid that I didn't have legitimate authorization for two of our main films. It is such a challenge to organize complex events.

It has been very demanding and stressful, especially with all the other demands on me (like being on a panel for the grassroots conference call with Cynthia McKinney last Thursday) which meant I couldn't feed my kids... well I was just too busy to feed them on Thursday and Friday nights. Saturday I had to take a break from the activism to clean the house and host relatives visiting from Canada. I can organize, I can do publicity, I can do the radio show, I can speak when need be, but I cannot do everything all the time. I am also doing the ordering, accounting, and can't keep up with the paperwork, database, pulling together the newsletter we hoped to get out Thursday. So I have tried to enlist the help of more people, and I hope they come through. I was hoping Cynthia McKinney and Cindy Sheehan would speak at the 911 Power to the Peaceful Festival and join us in our annual March and Rally, but after last night, I certainly am not going to count on them- even if they both say "yes." We all want to do more than we physically can- especially me.

This time of year is the most demanding time, and I am really struggling to stay healthy, balanced, not get too stressed- remember to eat, drink, sleep, so that I can make it through the next month, the next year, another decade or so...

August 11, 2008

Last week, I had the pleasure of going out to dinner with Peter Dale Scott (with my 19 year old along), we had hoped to be joined by the producers of The Reflecting Pool, but sadly they went to the wrong restaurant next door, so we didn't meet up with them until the showing at the Pacific Film Archive. I wish there had been a better turnout; the film and directors deserved one, but I must admit I didn't have time to do much promotion besides email/website announcements. Tuesday I came down with a cold/fever which I am still trying to get rid of and which has kept me from meetings, although I have been working on finalizing the program for our 9/11 Truth Film Festival in September.

Events on the global stage are unfolding at an alarming rate. I appreciate Chossudovsky's analysis on the Georgian attack on Tskhinvali, the capital of South Ossetia-

War in the Caucasus: Towards a Broader Russia-US Military Confrontation?

During the night of August 7, coinciding with the opening ceremony of the Beijing Olympics, Georgia's president Saakashvili ordered an all-out military attack on Tskhinvali, the capital of South Ossetia.

The aerial bombardments and ground attacks were largely directed against civilian targets including residential areas, hospitals and the university. The provincial capital Tskhinvali was destroyed. The attacks resulted in some 1500 civilian deaths, according to both Russian and Western sources.  "The air and artillery bombardment left the provincial capital without water, food, electricity and gas. Horrified civilians crawled out of the basements into the streets as fighting eased, looking for supplies." (AP, August 9, 2008). According to reports, some 34,000 people from South Ossetia have fled to Russia. (Deseret Morning News, Salt Lake City, August 10, 2008)

The importance and timing of this military operation must be carefully analyzed. It has far-reaching implications.

Georgia is an outpost of US and NATO forces, on the immediate border of the Russian Federation and within proximity of the Middle East Central Asian war theater. South Ossetia is also at the crossroads of strategic oil and gas pipeline routes.

Georgia does not act militarily without the assent of Washington. The Georgian head of State is a US proxy and Georgia is a de facto US protectorate.

Who is behind this military agenda? What interests are being served? What is the purpose of the military operation.

There is evidence that the attacks were carefully coordinated by the US military and NATO.

Moscow has accused NATO of "encouraging Georgia". Russia’s Foreign Minister Sergey Lavrov underscored the destabilizing impacts of "foreign" military aid to Georgia:

“It all confirms our numerous warnings addressed to the international community that it is necessary to pay attention to massive arms purchasing by Georgia during several years. Now we see how these arms and Georgian special troops who had been trained by foreign specialists are used,” he said. (Moscow accuses NATO of having "encouraged Georgia" to attack South Ossetia. (Russia Today, August 9, 2008)

Moscow's envoy to NATO, Dmitry Rogozin, sent an official note to the representatives of all NATO member countries

“Russia has already begun consultations with the ambassadors of the NATO countries and consultations with NATO military representatives will be held tomorrow," Rogozin said. "We will caution them against continuing to further support of Saakashvili."“It is an undisguised aggression accompanied by a mass propaganda war,” he said.
(See Moscow accuses NATO of having "encouraged Georgia" to attack South Ossetia, Russia Today, August 9, 2008)

According to Rogozin, Georgia had initially planned to:

"start military action against Abkhazia, however, 'the Abkhaz fortified region turned out to be unassailable for Georgian armed formations, therefore a different tactic was chosen aimed against South Ossetia', which is more accessible territorially. The envoy has no doubts that Mikheil Saakashvili had agreed his actions with "sponsors", "those with whom he is negotiating Georgia's accession to NATO ". (RIA Novosti, August 8, 2008)

Contrary to what was conveyed by Western media reports, the attacks were anticipated by Moscow.The attacks were timed to coincide with the opening of the Olympics, largely with a view to avoiding frontpage media coverage of the Georgian military operation.

On August 7, Russian forces were in an advanced state readiness. The counterattack was swiftly carried out.

Russian paratroopers were sent in from Russia's Ivanovo, Moscow and Pskov airborne divisions. Tanks, armored vehicles and several thousand ground troops have been deployed. Russian air strikes have largely targeted military facilities inside Georgia including the Gori military base.

The Georgian military attack was repealed with a massive show of strength on the part of the Russian military... See complete article here.

At the same time the Free Gaza boats are journeying from Cyprus towards Gaza attempting to break the Israeli Blockade.

Today, being the 11th, means I'll be doing my Listening Project in downtown Palo Alto (I also set up my table and awning at the park last Saturday during the Green Party Picnic/Potluck. Tonight I'll be speaking with Peter Dale Scott and John Judge about 9/11 and Continuity of Government, sadly relevant in light of the war provocations currently underway against Russia and Iran. A heavily circulated article on the US Armada Currently Threatening Iran says that-

The two-ton elephant in the living room of the neo-con strategy is the advanced biowar (ABW) that Iran, and to a lessor extent Syria, has. This places the motherlands of the major neo-con nations (America, France, the United Kingdom), as well as Israel, in grave danger.

The idea that Iran would initiate a suicidal attack on the US- that would give the greatest gift imaginable to the neo-cons in charge- an excuse to attack Iran is insane and dangerous. The US is much more likely to launch an attack on its own citizens and try to pin it on Iran or another country to amp up its war on dissent and its imperial power grab abroad. Only recently have the Anthrax attacks targeting Democratic leadership that stood in the way of the PATRIOT Act coming back to light, as the government falsely tries to pin the blame on the suicided Ivins.

While my heart goes out to all the victims of war and occupation who are greatly suffering physically, mentally and emotionally from their hardships, I think the larger war is the psychological battle over the public mind and their grasp of reality and understanding of what is true and what is false. Scott sent out a link to a speech by Lindsey Williams on the Energy Non-Crisis, where a preacher working on the Alaskan pipeline describes his firsthand experience witnessing the discovery of the largest oilfield in America, which suddenly became classified information. Williams says basically that Kissinger cut a deal with oil producing nations that as long as they sold their oil in dollars and bought US securities, they would be rich and enrichen "those who would like to control the world." The only nations to balk the plan were- Iraq and Iran, and both were threatened militarily when they tried to sell their oil for Euros and buck the Dollar Hegemony.

I haven't has a chance to check out Williams' claims, but I do know that lots of people believe what he says and I have heard that sort of information before. People know that they are being lied to and manipulated- they just don't know what is true and what is real.

I ordered the book- False Flag 911: How Bush, Cheney and the Saudis Created the Post-911 World and spoke with the author, who says he was a pilot for decades and has spent years doing research on the plane aspect of 9/11. His thesis is completely at odds with Pilots for 9/11 Truth and the pilot featured in Neil Slade's film.

I know 9/11 was a special operation, but I do not know the nuts and bolts of what happened. I know evidence was destroyed, people are lying, but I don't know what claims are true or false in trying to piece together the events.

Argh, gotta get going!

August 2, 2008

Last weekend, I hosted a small retreat/organizing meeting for the Northern California Truth Alliance's upcoming rally/march/Film Festival which was quite productive, but I didn't have much time to get permissions/speakers/finalize the program before my sister and nieces arrived for a visit for the first time in over a decade. I decided to take a vacation from the radio show on Monday, August 4th, because I knew that I wouldn't have time to prepare and publicize the show with guests around. Fortunately that also means that I will be able to go to the premiere of

The Reflecting Pool

Premiering in Berkeley at the Pacific Film Archive
Monday, August 4, 2008 at 7pm
2575 Bancroft Way

I just wish I could have done more to publicize the screening which both producers and the leading characters- Joseph Culp and Jarek Kupsc will be attending- and I hope there will be a good turnout. I'm going to have dinner with Peter Dale Scott and bring him to the screening. Peter and John Judge will also be on my next radio show on August 11th.

I have so much work to catch up on! I still can't begin to process and disseminate all the stuff that comes my way...

July 23, 2008

Good News! The doctor called today and the cysts in my pancreas are benign. So, I don't have to worry about keeling over in the near future, and can start working on my Congressional Campaign (if I can find the time).

Last week and Michael Andregg and I had another chance to talk, walk, and have dinner before the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance meeting in Oakland. We have a ton of things to do, as we gear up for September 11th- like figuring out our plans, getting out a newsletter. I wanted to review films and figure out the program, and I have been working on it, as well as figuring out guests for the upcoming radio shows, sometimes they are very hard to reach. I have a Green Party meeting Saturday, and am organizing a retreat at my house next Sunday for Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance activists. I still have lots of phone calls and queries to make about getting some of the new films and confirming speakers.

I did want to post my good news, though, since so many people have expressed concern, and generously offered me their cancer cures... I have a hard enough time drinking water and brushing my teeth- I don't think I could have ever have found time to seriously modify my diet and try all the other remedies. The news alone should reduce the stress level amongst my family, although now I probably will have a harder time persuading others to help me with the dishes and laundry...

Now to make Impeachment happen... back to work. July 15, 2008

I missed the Green Party Convention to get the biopsy done last Thursday. My throat is still sore from the procedure which really knocked me off my feet for that day. Friday, July 11th, I went to Downtown Palo Alto in solidarity with all the other 9/11 Truth Actions. Terry Koch and Chuck Millar also came.

July 11, 2008, Listening Project in Palo Alto

Later Chuck and I took a walk and, by chance, passed by his friend's house. His friend had just died of pancreatic cancer and a gathering was taking place at this home that evening. On Sunday, I attended a moving celebration of David Wald's life. David, at 80 years of age, died of pancreatic cancer. I first met him when he ran against Eshoo in 1992, in fact I voted for him, and he has always been a great inspiration to me. He will be deeply missed by all who knew him.

Hundreds of people came to the memorial, lots of them were old friends of mine, and activists, including Donna and Darlene Wallach who told me that they were going to Gaza via ship to break the medical blockade against Palestine. I have been working on a Free Gaza radio show ever since, and it has been quite an inspiring learning experience, but a lot of work with seven guests, in three countries, and lots of details to be ironed out.

I still can't keep up with my own life (like making a follow-up medical appointment, getting my campaign website back, finishing the design/changes/financing for the next Dollars), but my sister and nieces are coming to visit, and I'm working on events for September 6th and 11th, and still in triage mode. I am hopeful that Impeachment will move forward and hearings will begin.

July 8, 2008

Last Tuesday and Wednesday I worked on the mailing for the Green Party. We had a meeting in San Jose on Wednesday night which Congressional Candidate Peter Meyers and I both attended and were the featured speakers (which meant we got to pause in our assembly line work to give ten minute talks about our campaigns.).Attending the meeting were most of the new county council (I did get elected to the Santa Clara Green Party County Council)plus past council members and other Green Party liasons and a few friends, and we collated, folded, labeled a 500 piece mailing, and discussed the San Jose 4th of July 3 day festival, and the upcoming San Mateo/Santa Clara Green Party Picnic/Potluck and the Green Party National Convention.

The Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance met last Thursday in San Francisco. Lots of people, including new people, attended the meeting, but I must admit that I was so tired I nearly fell asleep three times on the drive north which was rather frightening. John posted the notes on the discussion list. I passed out lots of the new Patriots Question 9/11 cards, and the ones I sent back east did reach Boston in a timely fashion.

I must admit that I took a holiday on the 4th of July to be with my family, we hiked, feasted, and played games.

On Sunday, I tabled for the Green Party at the music festival in San Jose, next to the Children's Discovery Museum.

I enjoyed passing out literature and talking with folks, but I did have a fairly intense encounter when I was leaving, on my way home to make dinner for my kids. I had just left the festival and found myself surrounded by some big burly marine types who had been in Iraq and were planning on going back and thought my handouts were sheer nonsense. The marines told me that women and kids were walking up to marines with bombs attached to their bodies and blowing themselves and the marines up in Iraq. One marine scoffed at the idea that Building #7 existed (let alone came down on 9/11) when I said it was reported on television and the BBC, he basically dismissed it as utterly fictitious.

When he started telling me that I owed my freedom of speech to him and other marines who were putting their bodies on the line in Iraq, I challenged him and said that I had freedom of speech because I had the courage to exercise my First Amendment Rights, and that marines killing people in other nations had nothing to do with protecting my rights, if anything it was increasing hostility towards Americans.

What was most disturbing about the exchange was seeing that we each believed a completely different narrative about our own history and world events- precisely the conditions needed for wars or civil wars to occur, according to Michael Andregg's book On the Causes of War.

On Monday, I took the day off from my radio show, and went to Stanford to consult with the specialist who is going to do the biopsy this coming Thursday. He warned me that it would be 10 days before we would get the results from the Mayo Clinic.

I started and finished reading a new 9/11 novel - Death at Angel Bay and stories of The Attack by Al Francis. I really should write a review.

I generally don't have time to read novels, but I know that many people wouldn't pick up a serious non-fiction book debunking the official 9/11 story, and we need art, music, literature, films that can slip in some key information past those psychological barriers that people have erected.

The hero of Death at Angel Bay is the producer of a television news program whose brother disappeared on September 11th 2001. It is a swift, action packed drama, mystery, with a fairly heavy dose of sex, violence, crime, stunning revelations.

I believe the author is Australian, so the most "jarring' part of the novel is the slang that he has created which doesn't feel "American" or real to me. I kept translating the words into my own "jargon" as I tried to follow the plot. He makes allusions to "secret societies," rituals, and places which are known by some people by other names. There are no direct references, so the reader doesn't know how real any of the "facts" that are tossed in are or whether there is any reality behind the "characters" described. There is the standard disclaimer of all the characters being fictitious and the novel being a speculative work. That said, he does manage to throw some light onto paedophiles within the Catholic Church, government, and powerful circles, the almost inconceivable corruption that has such a horrific effect upon individuals and policies which touch so many lives.

The main characters are complex, harbor their own skeletons, nightmares, and show surprising courage under extreme circumstances. It is a classic page turner which does not end in a neat tidy package. The end feels more like a beginning, as if this novel was the first step towards unraveling a much larger mystery, requiring a great many more heroes and courage to unravel.

The main character has just taken his first step down the 9/11 Rabbit Hole. We are exposed to powerful, evil forces which would ruthlessly kill anyone who might threaten to expose them. The main villain disappears and is presumed "dead," but the body has not been found.

This morning I got a call from John Bursill from Australia with great news about a meeting they had with Green Party officials. It sounds like the Australian Green Party will come out formally with support for a real investigation of 9/11. John has done some pathbreaking work there which is very heartening. I hope the Green Party will take a loud, brave stand on 9/11 Truth, Impeachment, and other taboo issues this week in Chicago at the national gathering.

July 1, 2008

On Friday, Chuck Thurston and I went up to Willits for a big party at the art gallery showcasing Bernie's art. Fires had been raging in Northern California and the air was smoky. My best friend, Maria (who does some of the best radio in the country with her show- T.U.C. Radio, who lived in Greenfield, near Ukiah was fighting fires over the weekend, and was ordered to evacuate. I hope and pray that her home survived.)

Despite the smoke, the gallery and exhibition were very impressive. The party was great. The music was great, and we really enjoyed dancing. We spent a couple of nights at Bernie's place, about 40 gorgeous acres which he has offered as a place for a "Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance Retreat." On Saturday we showed The Reflecting Pool and The Esoteric Agenda (which none of us had seen before) at the gallery, and we had some lengthy discussions between 3 pm and 11 pm on 9/11 and, also, the larger picture. We hadn't advertised the event or made flyers, so there were just a few people besides Bernie, Chuck and I, but the discussion was very lively, and we were glad that we made the long trip to Willits. On Sunday, we took a hike with Bernie and headed back towards San Francisco. I actually had a Green Party meeting in Sunnyvale in the afternoon, and then went to Sant Cruz for David Ray Griffin's talk.

Yesterday was pretty hectic, especially since I had my radio show in the evening, and my son, Jeremy, also returned from a ten day trip to Costa Rica. I did a terrible job as radio host, and decided to take a vacation from the show next week, mainly because I haven't got a guest lined up, and there are too many demands on me now- to even fulfill my normal obligations- especially with 4th of July this weekend. Last Thursday I organized the printing of 10,000 more 9/11 Patriot cards with Gabriel and the folks in Boston who want to distribute them there on 4th of July. The Green Party will be tabling at a Festival for 3 days in San Jose next weekend, and the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance has been talking about doing outreach on 4th of July for quite some time. We've run out of 9/11 Fact Sheets. I need to work with Blaine on the new bills, so I really do have my hands full this week. Plus I need to design something for my Congressional Campaign, as we are doing a mailing for the Green Party tomorrow.

Back to work...

June 26, 2008

I've been very busy, as usual, but have been trying to read Michael Andregg's On the Causes of War. He also produced the film: Rethinking 9/11: Why Truth and Reconciliation are Better Strategies Than Global War posted on the Ground Zero Minnesota Website. Michael attended the National Conference on Media Reform and I spent hours speaking with him and invited him to be on my radio show in July. I am continually reminded of my friend Tom Atlee's observation that "Things are getting worser and worser, and better and better, faster and faster all the time." It's hard to say whether the light is responding to the dark, or vice versa, whether repression provokes resistance or resistance provokes repression, the tempo continues to build, the fears that the war is unstoppable and the hope that we can stop it continue to rise.

Years ago, I wrote a rebuttal to Sun Tzu's Art of War I had thought of editing it, printing it, passing it out on Hiroshima Day, when we usually protest nuclear weapons development at Livermore Labs, but I get so involved with so many projects, that I never got around to the final editing/formatting, etc... I also wrote an abbreviated version to post as an article, but I was never fully happy with my work, and I thought it could be vastly improved. However the insanity of the guys in the White House ready to launch a war on Iran has prompted me to post my original emotional outburst/response to Sun Tzu and the war mentality that has dominated the planet for too many thousands of years... I don't know if it will have any impact whatsoever, but if I never post it, I will regret not saying my two cents or doing all that I could to prevent a disastrous war.

I am still struggling to get into the websites, organize printing and distribution of Patriot cards for the 4th of July, prepare for the weekend trip to Willits, a Green Party meeting, the David Ray Griffin event in Santa Cruz, plus my regular household/radio show tasks. Life is a continual balancing act.

June 24, 2008

Last Thursday, we had a productive Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance meeting (and I had a chance to have dinner with Nikolas and catch up with him). John posted notes on our discussion list, so I don't feel obliged to go over all the financial details. I'm still drowning in paperwork; I missed two dentist appointments, and started bouncing personal checks, just because I can't keep up with all the demands on my time. On Friday, I picked up a copy of SPYCHIPS: How Major Corporations and Government Plan to Track Your Every Purchase and Watch Your Every Move by Katherine Albrecht, in preparation of my 5-11 Campaign Against Real ID Radio Show. I intuitively knew that RFID's were bad, but I had no idea how bad the situation was until I read Katherine's book, and explored Missouri Representative Jim Guest's website for Legislators Against Real ID. In some ways the term "national ID" is misleading, because the standards being imposed on identity cards are international ones, which allows the sharing of data across national boundaries, which strikes me as particularly chilling, given that we don't really know who the supranational ruling entities wishing to control people's movements are and precisely what their intentions and goals are, although we must suspect that they are not benign and in the best interests of the vast majority. Certainly, the 5/11 and 9/11 campaigns are intertwined and inseparable, 9/11 being the "excuse" for the implementation of "5/11"- ID's serving the Global Police State (which is run by the largest terrorist organization in the world).

Unfortunately, I was knocked out for a couple of days with migraine headaches and nausea (maybe stress) while Jean Luc took the kids (and boy scouts) rafting on the American River.

Monday, I was better and able to do a two hour interview on the local Stanford Radio Station, make dinner, bake cookies, and do my show without collapsing. Actually, I really loved doing the show, my guests inspired me; I kept wishing I had more time to work more collaboratively with them and their campaign, and help Katherine with her show to pressure more politicians to push forward on impeachment, and more investigations. This morning I sent Jim Guest a packet of info on 9/11 and hope he will be inspired to support Karen Johnson, and share it with his national network of state legislators. I can't help feeling that the movements are gathering strength, growing, but the relationship building and trust building simply takes time, as does reading a book, making a phone call, those vital conversations, and getting to know people. Next week's show is on Movement Building, which has also demanded much time and energy to organize. I promised Jean-Luc that I would take a week off soon- just because organizing the radio show is so time demanding, but- I find the work irresistable. The shows give me a good excuse to read the books, and talk to people, and learn about issues that I care about deeply, and to share them with a larger audience. I'm like a bus driver who chooses to ride the bus when he goes on holiday- because he loves being on a bus...

June 18, 2008

Last week, the school year ended, our teenagers converged in celebration mode, and my husband and I took off for a much needed (though brief) romantic vacation, leaving the kids at home.

It has been wonderful to witness the revelations and public statements on isues close to my heart, such as impeachment and the need for a real 9/11 investigation, but sobering to find the info pigeonholed on the internet and ignored by the corporate media. I suppose they think that if they don't report it, it didn't happen, and the issues will melt away, be forgotten, and they can continue on their merry march towards fascism that even Orwell couldn't have conceived of.

Ironically, I find myself trapped at the computer, but unable to keep up with my websites/work and drained by the challenges of gaining access to the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance website and my Carol for Congress website, neither of which I can get into. I can barely keep up my calendar, organize the radio shows, let alone work on the next version of the Deception Dollar, the Perception Dollar, coalitions of impeachment/9-11 Truth candidates, and assist in organizing/promoting events. The kids want attention, food, and there isn't time for me to write articles, or finish the ones I've begun. I'm continually in triage mode, just trying to get the most urgent things done.

Last night I did participate in a national Impeachment conference call. With the 35 articles of Impeachment introduced by Kucinich, there is ample reason to impeach, but still the incredible resistance within Congress and the press to acknowledge the absolute criminality of the regime and begin to rein them in through impeachment. We're facing a global chicken game, and I think only the courage and pressure from citizens, people, pushing Congress and the press, and "becoming the media" will help us make the curve and turn the situation around.

I still wonder whether I should keep on doing the radio show or turn my energies/time to other tasks (like my Congressional Campaign, local events, publishing). I guess everyone has to face that uncertainty dilemma, we never know, at the moment, when our efforts will bear fruit, or be forgotten, so we might as well choose to work on those things which nurture our spirit, and have the potential to make a difference, and that help us find a functional balance in our lives.

June 13, 2008

On Tuesday, New Democratic Party Deputy House Leader Libby Davies delivered and read aloud a Parliamentary Petition signed by over 500 Canadians demanding a new 9/11 investigation, in Canada's House of Commons.

We, the undersigned citizens of Canada draw the attention of the House to the following:

THAT, scientific and eyewitness evidence shows that the 9/11 Commission Report is a fraudulent document and that those behind the report are consciously or unconsciously guilty of covering up what happened on 9/11/2001. This evidence overwhelmingly supports the conclusion that World Trade Center Towers 1, 2 and 7 were brought down by demolition explosives and that the official theory of the towers collapsing from the airplanes and the ensuing fires is irrefutably false.

We further believe that elements within the US government were complicit in the murder of thousands of people on 9/11/2001. This event brought Canada into the so-called "War on Terror," it changed our domestic and foreign policies for the worse, and it will continue to have negative consequences for us all if we refuse to look at the facts.

THEREFORE, your petitioners call upon Parliament to:

(1) Immediately launch its own investigation into the events of 9/11/2001 on behalf of the 24 Canadian citizens murdered in New York City.

(2) Act lawfully on the findings of its own investigation by helping to pursue the guilty parties in the international courts.

Chuck and I took a few photos of our now monthly Listening for a Change- 9/11 Truth Action:

June 11, 2008- Palo Alto

Despite the fact that today was Friday the 13th, we finally opened a bank account for my Congressional Campaign, but I still don't have access to the website which needs updating. I worked on the radio show, and had the pleasure of speaking with Neil Slade, who will be a guest on Monday's show on Overcoming Collective Denial to 9/11 Truth I got him to repost his excellent page on The Psychology of 9/11 Perception and update his 9/11 website- www.911Think.com.

It is wonderful that so many people are doing great work, that I can't even begin to keep up with all of them. I was on the organizers' call yesterday and I'm glad that 911Truth.org wants to encourage people to do something to push for impeachment, especially since 3 of the 35 articles were directly related to 9/11. I think we need to be part of ever growing coalitions and I'm beginning to work on a radio show on those working on building grassroots movements to mobilize the vast majority of people who recognize the criminality of the current regime and the need to oust Congress and replace them with those committed to serving people and planet, not corporations.

June 11, 2008

In solidarity with other 9/11 Truth activists, I put up banners and held the Listening Project in downtown Palo Alto. Today the House Voted To Send the Impeachment Resolution To Judiciary Committee. I just hope that the Judiciary Committee will hold hearings, but I think it needs a major public outcry. I sent out the contact list to those who attended the poster session at the National Conference on Media Reform, and Minnesota We are Change posted this article:

9/11 Truth at the National Conference for Media Reform by Nate Clark

They also did a video of their confrontation with Amy Goodman and Dan Rather asking them about the Bilderbergers. I'm glad these guys are on our side and trying to get the truth out.

June 10, 2008

A major shift has happened, last Thursday I flew to Minneapolis for the National Conference on Media Reform. I probably should write an entire article about it, but since then even more has happened, and I'm reaching my "sitting at the computer" limit.

Before I left, I received a DVD anonymously from the UK entitled

911's a lie (by The Free Bees)

I'm so illiterate technologically that I didn't even know how to view it or see if it was safe from lethal viruses- so I didn't have a chance to view it before I left, but now it has been posted all over, and I'm delighted that whoever made it so generously offered it to the Truth Movement.

In Minneapolis, I was both thrilled and horrified by the conference. I had a great time and wonderful interactions with people. I saw old friends, made new friends, gave away all the Deception Dollars, 9/11 Fact sheets, and DVDs that I had brought with me. I gave a well attended poster session on "Overcoming Psychological Barriers to 9/11 Truth." I heard some great speakers, saw a wonderful Vote Fraud film called FreeFor All! One Dude's Quest to Save Democracy which will premiere online on July 4th. FCC Commissioner Adelstein (whom I had breakfast with in Memphis- and gave a copy of my DVD Behind Every Terrorist- There is a Bush to) announced that the FCC would investigate the Pentagon sponsored program to train military analysts to pitch the Iraq War to the media for them.

All the major speakers omitted to touch on the issue of stolen elections, impeachment, 9/11. There were several overt pitches for Obama (Hillary had withdrawn and thrown her support his way), including pitches and cautions by Naomi Klein and Van Jones. There was a "We're winning..." euphoria, as if Obama was actually a populist (not a corporate, war-mongering candidate)... and Cynthia McKinney was not there (although I did just talk to Larry Pinkney, who said she was enthusiastically cheered when her name was brought up in the session he attended...). Reform- maybe, revolution- no... False Hope- Velvet Glove Fascism on the rise- Real Hope- Real Democracy censored, toned down, ignored. Maybe the velvet glove is better than the iron fist for some people, but the killing sometimes gets worse when it is covert, rather than overt.

But I have thick skin, I'm used to marginalization, working at the edges, on the outside. I was glad to have some space at the conference and found people on an individual basis to be very receptive, friendly, encouraging, supportive. I'm glad I went and I had a wonderful roommate- even if we only had a chance to speak Sunday morning when I was somewhat sleep deprived.

Monday, it was great to get a phone call from Larry Pinkney telling me that Kucinich was introducing articles of impeachment in Congress. I knew Karen Johnson would be calling for a real 9/11 investigation in the legislature of Arizona today.

Great to know that crimes are being more exposed and probably the Bilderbergers have decided that Bush and Cheney have to go, for them to get away with their own empire project- Neo-liberals replacing neo-conservatives- chocolate to vanilla fascism. But who knows how far the pendulum will swing.

I'm still drowning in work, but trying to stay well, and deal with the most urgent demands of the family. I do feel we have more room to work in now, but I don't know how long that window will stay open.

May 28, 2008

The last few days have been very stressful and demanding. On Monday, Jean-Luc and the kids returned from their conference starving. It was the first time the family was together for dinner since Christmas, so I made a big dinner and a fresh apricot pie, but warned the kids that if they didn't do the dishes- no meals for a month, because I had to work on the Scientists, Architects and Engineers for 9/11 Truth Radio Show. I called Richard Gage and he wanted to restructure the whole show. It was great to speak with everyone, but very challenging with so many guests on at the same time, lots of callers, and a couple dogs barking in the distance. Kamal Obeid explained in a subsequent email:

Sorry about the dogs barking on my end. I have two dogs; they are both for 911 truth and wanted to get on the air. There was no one else at home to distract them.

The next morning I also got this very thoughtful suggestion from the wife of one of the engineers-

It might be really "neat" to have a discussion devoted to the subject of the collective denial, where 9-11 truths are concerned, and how to break through that denial.

I spoke with a therapist about this: He responded that repetition is a key to breaking through that very difficult psychological wall.

I believe, based on experience and observation of others, that denial is a very understandable mechanism with the function of shielding us from emotional pain. The pain of awareness----the dawning of truth----can be too difficult for many people to bear. It's just too hard to believe/unfathomable that some rare people are capable of certain things, like mass murder as in the 9-11 event.

My response to that is to ask the question: If it is commonly-known fact that Bush/Cheney went to war based on a lie, and are planning more wars based on lies, how can we possibly put anything past them? How can we *not* believe that they could and would plan 9-11 as the prelude to such a war? How can we *not* believe that they are murderers on the loose? It's not even logical to ask the question.

Perhaps a little bit of understanding of criminal psychology might be helpful too. If people understand that the mental health profession recognizes that murderers lack empathy and remorse for their victims, that they "have a screw loose" in this department, it might help people to understand how/why such crimes can be committed. This is not normal psychology we are dealing with here. "Oh really? You think so, really?" people ask me. My response is: "Could you yourself take our nation to war based on a lie, if you were President of the USA?" The answer is an obvious "no". That question, whether or not they could do such a thing, may get people thinking.

And there surely must be many other ways to break that wall of denial. Please fill in the blanks...I'd love to see this topic discussed, and the solutions to it, perhaps even on an on-going basis!

(Part of the solution may also be to understand that the human psyche will not take in info it is not prepared to deal with. Therefore, we as activists also have to know when to back down and give people space, for our own credibility's sake).

b) I have a suggestion for reaching a wider audience. Those who are technically educated understand the significance of thermite and iron orbs being found in the WTC. Those lacking such an education won't know what thermite is (I wouldn't if I wasn't married to an engineer) or what it means to find iron particles in the WTC dust. They won't know to infer that x/y/z happened due to such findings. Also, these lay people may not understand what it means for a building to fall "following the path of greatest resistance" or "potential energy" or the like. Perhaps if you can use such terminology but also explain what it means, for your lay listeners, more people will "wake up" out of their denial and you can reach a greater circle of people. I would say the same for the entire 9-11 truth movement, not just for you... It really *is* a generic which I have come across in *almost all* 9-11 truth discussions. I believe the entire movement, and the terribly important cause, would greatly benefit from such lay-oriented explanations.

c) More about denial: When people are not ready to "hear" certain information, knowing subconsciously that it will overwhelm them, they will subconsciuosly find ways to blow the information off. Hence:

"Conspiracy theorist"
"Paranoid"
and generally, they will make the truth-teller "The Problem" instead of giving credence to the obvious, logical facts spelled out in front of them. Psychology calls it "patient identification" when abusive parents label their victim kid as "The Problem". They blame their victims, instead of looking at the mirror. Once again, the pain of awareness---that we ourselves are capable of wrong-doing and not just the rest of the world----can be too much for some shame-based people to take in. Similarly, people may find very "convenient" ways to shame and blame 9-11 truth-tellers. How 9-11 activists deal with this phenomenon may be a very helpful discussion.

Sometimes logic and all the convincing facts don't work. The problem may not *always* be concerning the spreading of truth: Instead, it's centered around the question "how do we deal with this information? Can we bear it once it becomes known, from within?" How to deal delicately and compassionately with that psychology may be the key to the success of the 9-11 Truth Movement. (And some people may never be ready to receive the information, no matter how one stands on one's head to make just the right presentation).

I thought this was a great suggestion and I'm working on a radio show on Denial for June 9th (if I can find the right guests).

Tuesday morning was incredibly hectic, and I hadn't slept well the night before and was feeling very tired. I didn't have time to send out press releases, and had barely time to organize the stuff I was bringing, the passengers... Of course, that was when the phone rang, and I got an appointment for a "consultation" with the specialist who is supposed to do the biopsy of the tumors in my pancreas. Apparently he doesn't even schedule the procedure without a consultation first, and then they order a bunch of other tests, too. These specialists are so busy that it takes months to even get an appointment, so my "consultation" won't even happen until July 7th.

Chuck and Tian drove up to San Francisco with me, we were early and set up the table, sound system, and banner outside of the San Francisco Chronicle offices. We gave handouts to passer-bys and more stuff to people who were actually working at the SF Chronicle and interested in what we were up to. There was a brief round of "This is our sidewalk, our building, you have no right or permission to be here." to blithely ignoring us, with a couple of security guards in the vicinity to make sure we didn't spraypaint graffiti or doing anything "violently illegal."

(I did post a couple of articles on the press conference- one at 911Blogger.com another at indybay.org.) Tian Harter posted the photos he took and my text on his website-

(Click to see more photos of the California Impeachment Slate Press Conference)

I did mention that I had received the email from the wife of one of the engineers on my radio show, suggesting that I do a show on "Denial" and that even structural engineers experienced cognitive dissonance on 9/11 and were unable to process the visual evidence with descriptions which denied physical reality, and that we needed to recognize collectively that the "War on Terror is a Fraud," that the 9/11 Report is a big lie, based on tortured evidence, and with enormous omissions, such as the disintegration of WTC Building Number 7, which was not hit by a plane and that the Report fails to even mention, and can't explain. It has taken years for pilots, engineers, and the country to begin to recover from the trauma of 9/11 and begin thinking more rationally about the lies that they have been told.

I praised Shirley Golub's wonderful play "I", The Impeachment Trial of George W. Bush and Richard B. Cheney, but cautioned that in the play, it clearly showed how difficult it would be for Congress to convict Bush and Cheney without convicting themselves for their unwavering support of their policies. We don't want the Democrats to do the "War on Terror" better than the Republicans, which is what is happening now. I brought my favorite key shaped sign which someone kindly lifted to show that we all believed that Impeachment is vital for the country, for justice, to reject the criminal path that we are on. (One side reads IMPEACH with the symbol for Justice) On the other side of the sign was 9/11 TRUTH and the Peace symbol. I emphasized that in order to have peace, we need the truth about 9/11, a real investigation, to discover precisely what role Cheney and Bush had in the events of that day, which they have used to launch their wars and attack our rights. I applauded and thanked everyone for their courage and support of impeachment, truth and peace.

Later, I spoke with Carol Wolman, who is also a psychiatrist, and she agreed to participate in the radio show on Denial. I was surprised to learn that her husband and many of her supporters were still scared of the subject. I was glad that her son Jacob Clapsaddle, the film maker who did the film High Crimes and Atrocities was able to deal with it. He also was in San Francisco and filmed the Press Conference. I'm sure it will be posted online, soon.

A few of us visited the Bay Area Reporter on our way out of town to give them info about the California Impeachment Slate. Actually we thought we were going to the San Francisco Bay Guardian office, but it turned out we were given good directions, but the wrong name of the paper.

I had to hurriedly get home, bake cookies for Jeremy's volunteers, and help out with his Eagle Scout Project, make dinner. Jules volunteered to do the dishes, and I worked til 1:30 am on the computer.

Yesterday, I also worked on the computer, got the vital wood to complete the Eagle Scout Project, baked and delivered the wood and the cookies. We were so glad to get it finished, but in the end, it was just Jeremy and me at 7 pm, picking up the last costumes from the floor, hanging them on the new rack that they had built. The main project was adding a layer of wood to reinforce the costume loft floor at the Gunn High School Theater where Jeremy devotes hundreds of hours of time doing technical work, stage managing, and a bit of acting, too. [And I must add that Jeremy did a great job of managing a huge number of volunteers and adults during the course of the project, which he felt was "easy," compared to the stress of the "shows." We are very proud of him- he also scored really well in his SATs, is a straight A student. Unfortunately, he is super-responsible, and he works way too hard- following the bad example of his parents.]

Now, at least, I have more time for "my work."

May 25, 2008- Memorial Day

I still haven't figured out how to be in more than one place at a time, or squeeze more hours into the days, so I'm afraid I can only try to spread the word and hope other people help with all that is happening this week. I'm sending out a blast to the email lists with this week's events (not counting the radio show that I'm doing tonight with Kevin Ryan and Architects and Engineers for 9/11 Truth. There is also a solidarity action at noon in San Francisco for Blair Gadsby who will begin his hunger strike for 9/11 Truth outside the offices of John McCain in Phoenix.

And tomorrow, the California Impeachment Slate (including me) will be holding a Press Conference in San Francisco, in front of the SF Chronicle offices, and I need help with banners, literature, signs...

Last weekend, I finally got to San Francisco to see "I", The Impeachment Trial of George W. Bush and Richard B. Cheney, even if it didn't touch on the damning, treasonous crime of 9/11, it certainly was an indictment of a complicit Congress which have enabled the tyrants in the White House to shred our Constitution, rights, to bully, torture, and lie...

People loved the Deception Dollars and all of mine disappeared after the show.

On my way home, I stopped to visit my family, including my eldest son who had just flown back from college, at the "Games Conference" they were attending near San Francisco. Our house has been such a disaster since the construction, I was working on trying to clean it up, so there would be room for Jules and his stuff. He decided to come home with me and catch up on the schoolwork that he hadn't finished. So, in addition to the 9/11 Truth, Impeachment work, I still have housework, people to feed, an Eagle Scout Project that isn't quite done, yet- and plenty of demands on my time and attention.

May 20, 2008

The whole family is still in triage, although they finally finished the construction work- we still have no window coverings, and the furniture, drawers, stuff is strewn all over. Daniel was sick, I had a relapse over the weekend, and now everyone is on overdrive, working on Jeremy's Eagle Project. I did get to the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance Meeting last Thursday, and was glad someone- actually two people took notes and posted them!!! So I don't feel obliged to report all the details, but the San Jose event and the Truth Convergence cost us a thousand dollars, and we don't have much money coming in. I also picked up the rest of the Behind Every Terrorist- There is a Bush DVDs that we had reprinted, and got the group a credit card. It was messing me up too much, using my card, and getting the group to reimburse me. I kept running out of money, and being denied credit, and having checks bounce. Hopefully now the bookkeeping and my life will be easier.

I was really glad to stumble upon Eric Larsen's work- A Nation Gone Blind: America in an Era of Simplification and Deceit. It was an excellent, provocative, book. I just wish I had had more time to speak with Eric on the radio show last night, but we had technical difficulties, so the show didn't really begin until 17 minutes past the hour and my first guest was Arizona State Senator Karen Johnson who was wonderful. I just wish that I had been able to round up more elected officials to support her courageous stand.

The show does take a lot of work, time, but I do get a lot out of it, and it is wonderful to learn things from my guests. Phil Burk informed me of the little known powers of Congress, who do have the ability and means to actually arrest and jail someone who does not answer their subpoena- such as Karl Rove, and Conyers is threatening to exercise that power. I just hope that it will lead to hearings, and more hearings, and hopefully the impeachment of Bush and Cheney. People know those guys are criminals- why can't the press be upfront about it... Actually, I know why, but it still makes me mad. I'm still reading Jules Boykoffs's excellent book- Beyond Bullets: The Suppression of Dissent in the United States. It is scary to realize how the present is mirroring the past.

I'm playing phone tag with Stanford Hospital, still haven't managed to schedule the biopsy, but have been getting lots of friendly prescriptions for cancer cures from my dear friends, who seem to want me to last a bit longer. Amazing how much affection a few hundred thousand cookies can generate...

May 12, 2008

Recovering from being sick, construction work on the house, the radio show, and trying to drum up more State Senators in support of Arizona State Senator Karen Johnson kept me busy last week. I'm also drowning in paperwork, and have to do lots of accounting for Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance. Last weekend, there were conflicting events- and I found it impossible to be at three places at the same time. I gave Chuck stuff to table at the Richard Gage event in San Jose, and I went to the Truth Convergence in San Francisco. I baked cookies and brownies on Saturday morning and had a helluva time just finding my car keys and making it to San Francisco on time. There were folks from all over. My sound system didn't seem to work very well- I think I was so frazzled, I probably just goofed on the volume control on the ipod, but people were dispersed on the street corners, and there seemed to be no effort or desire to actually have a rally. At 4 pm or so we did start marching to Market and circled the Civic Center where an actual rally, with lots of volume and music was taking place in support of the Palestinians. The police kept us away from the rally. I was going to meet Chuck at 6pm at Mission and 16th, which is where we were scheduled to go, but the organizers decided to go to Powell and Market and blow off going to 16th and Mission, so I went with the "Impeach the Terrorists"/Billion Deception Dollar banner to rendez-vous with Chuck who was going to give me the tabling stuff. A few other 9/11 Truth activists also converge there. We passed out some Deception Dollars and enjoyed meeting one another. My old friend, Bob Gipson was there. We tried to find out where the "tba Activist Summit" was taking place and were given the location of a pub near Union Square. Three of us went via car and three by BART to the pub, but we never found any other 9/11 Truth activists at the pub nor were able to reach Cosmos or anyone else. So, Chuck, Bob and I just found a Thai Restaurant and enjoyed having dinner together and went home.

On Sunday morning I couldn't sleep past 6 am thinking about all I needed to do to be ready for the Convergence in San Francisco. I baked more cookies, put 100 or more of the new DVDs (Behind Every Terrorist- There is a Bush) into clamshells to give to activists, printed out directions for the Gage video shoot (which I forgot to pack), and loaded the car with the sound system, tables, handouts, chairs, banners, cookies, brownies, food and headed for San Francisco where I met John at 10 am and we set up the tables. Kai and Bill both came to help. It was very quiet- hardly anyone around and I wanted to be able to do the march, so Kai called John, learned that it hadn't even begun at 1 pm and drove me to the rallying point.

In hopes of getting the rally to move, I got the sound system running and introduced Cosmos. A few speeches followed (including one by Robin Hordon and folks from LA) and we finally started to move. My voice was shot, but I spotted Remos and persuaded him to chant...

It was a long march, Cosmos chose the site of the first "Bush Did It!" rally where there is a statue of McKinley (who launched a major imperial war against Spain and the Phillipines under false premises over a century ago.) We really didn't see that much of the public and it seemed like the march was more for the benefit of the Truthers with video cameras. Because I had to pack up the table/banners and get to Marin for the Video shoot, I didn't have much time to meet people or socialize by the time they reached our Golden Gate Park destination, which to me was a bit of a shame. People had come from so far away and I wish we could have been more hospitable.

The video shoot was long, but very interesting. I hadn't seen Richard's presentation since he tried it for one of the first times at our December 2006 strategy meetings (and I still haven't seen the video). He did a good job, although I am always shocked by omissions of what I think are key points by every major speaker. He also had a Structural Engineer and another engineer who specialized in understanding the collapse of buildings damaged by fire. Both of them offered powerful insights into their professions and the problems with the official story. I also learned that engineers are committed ethically and professionally to exposing fraud. They gave me hope that not all professionals could be bought off into complying with the Empire and remaining silent over falsehoods that were increasingly evident to rational, intelligent people.

It was a struggle, though, to stay awake and drive home, but I had good company to San Francisco- a talented musician who has done some great political songs, including ones on Controlled Demolition and Impeachment.

Back to the zillion chores that I have to do...

I also went with Jean-Luc to see the specialist last Friday regarding the tumors in my pancreas, and decided to go ahead with the biopsy. At this stage they don't look malignant, but they are throughout the pancreas and they couldn't remove them without removing the whole pancreas. They could do that and I could live (like a diabetic), but we'll have to see what kind of cysts/tumors they are before I have to think about whether or not I would go through treatment or not. Jean-Luc's been extra nice and supportive and people are giving me all sorts of great advice and suggestions. I just wish I had more time to sleep, drink, eat, exercise and keep up with all the work that comes my way. Perhaps I should drop the radio show, but I don't want to.

May 5, 2008- Cinco de Mayo

I'm better, but have been struggling with a cold all week, sadly my husband is sick now, too- and on top of that the house is a construction site thick with dust, as they have replaced all the windows.

I posted a Report Back from the Newstools Conference on 9/11 Blogger -

Report on the Newstools Conference for 9/11 Truth Activists

Much has been happening this week, but I was particularly interested to learn about what is going on in Mexico, as people are seriously organizing against an illegitimate regime, and we do have something to learn from them. This was sent to me from a friend, Alan Benjamin-

Update on Political Situation in Mexico

By ALAN BENJAMIN

Cinco de Mayo -- May 5th -- marks the date in 1862 when the Mexican troops under General Ignacio Zaragoza defeated the French troops in the Battle of Puebla. (Despite this initial victory, the Mexican troops went on to lose the war; Mexico was placed under the occupation of Maximilian 1, Emperor of Mexico. Four years later, the French occupation forces were expelled from Mexico by the Reform government of Benito Juarez, who had Maximilian executed just outside Querétaro.)

This year, Cinco de Mayo takes place in Mexico in a situation of profound political and economic crisis.

La Jornada today published an article detailing the disastrous effects 14 years of NAFTA have had on Mexican agriculture. Top economists at the National Autonomous University of Mexico (UNAM) report that Mexico is paying US$20 billion per year to import grain and basic food staples -- mainly from the United States -- that were produced in Mexico prior to NAFTA. Not only is the bleeding the Mexican economy, the economists explain, it is forcing millions of peasants to leave their farms. It is also imposing near-famine conditions in certain regions of Mexico. The destruction of millions of acres of corn, rice and other grains is the direct result of NAFTA, as these native crops are not able compete on the market with the genetically modified and high-tech-production grains brought in from the United States. (1)

This report in La Jornada exposes the criminal lie presented by the Usurper ("El Espurio"), Felipe Calderón, in New Orleans, when he told the Security and Prosperity Partnership (SPP) Summit meeting that Mexico under NAFTA is making "great progress" on the economic front, modernizing its productive capacities and improving its ability to feed its people. (At the SPP Summit in New Orleans, Calderón also lambasted the takeover of the Mexican Congress buildings by the opposition congresspersons in the Broad Progressive Front (FAP), stating that it made "Mexico look ridiculous in the eyes of the world." Calderón also accused the legitimately elected president of Mexico, Andrés Manuel López Obrador, of "taking his power trip to a new level, thereby endangering the security and stability of our country.")

Last Thursday, May Day was celebrated in Mexico with a number of mass labor rallies and marches. The largest rally, spearheaded by the Mexican Electrical Workers Union (SME), the Mineworkers' Union and the National Union of Workers (UNT), witnessed speaker after speaker denounce the proposed "Energy Reform" packet submitted to the Mexican Congress on April 8 by Felipe Calderón. "The Mexican workers will not allow these reforms to go through," said Martin Esparza, general secretary of the SME. "If we allow these energy 'reform' measures to be passed, they will immediately move to 'reform' our labor laws. Calderón and his ilk have stated as much. This would destroy our collective-bargaining agreements, our unions, and our workforce."

Also on May Day, Andrés Manuel López Obrador answered publicly the widely circulated charges leveled by PRD founder Cuauhtémoc Cárdenas against him and against the Peaceful Civil Resistance Movement. One day earlier, Cárdenas had denounced the takeover by the FAP deputies and senators of the Mexican Congress buildings, calling it an "unnecessary and irresponsible" action that endangered the legitimacy of Mexico's political institutions. (Cárdenas has sided in the fierce internal struggle within the Revolutionary Democratic Party (PRD), the party of López Obrador, with the wing that has recognized the election of Felipe Calderón and that has voted to support the "reform" measures demanded by Calderón and Bush.)

López Obrador's reply to Cárdenas was respectful in tone but unyielding in content. "How can anyone think that Calderón was not aiming at ramming his reforms through this session of Congress?" he asked. "That was Calderón's stated goal, his mission. ... We must remember that Calderón was imposed in the presidency by the influence-peddlers, both domestic and foreign, whose aim has been to turn over to foreign oil interests the exploration, perforation, refining, petrochemical production, oilducts, transportation and storage of Mexico's oil resources. ... We will not allow Calderón and the foreign oil corporations to do this!"

López Obrador continued, answering the charge by Calderón in New Orleans that López Obrador and this Resistance Movement are opposed to progress and modernization in Mexico. "This claim is absurd," he stated. "On the contrary. We believe Mexico can make great progress. We believe we have the engineering and technical expertise in Mexico to modernize our equipment and drilling in our oil industry. But what we oppose are so-called 'reforms' that only benefit a handful of people in Mexico who are beholden to foreign interests."

López Obrador concluded his statement explaining that "before any country-selling energy 'reform' is enacted, he and the Peaceful Civil Resistance Movement will insist that the people of Mexico are allowed to express their point of view through a referendum or a plebiscite -- so that no decision is made behind their backs." He went on to urge the Mexican people to join the Brigades and Committees being formed across Mexico to defend Mexico's oil and sovereignty.

To be continued. ...

----

Endnote

(1) In their speeches on May Day in San Francisco, both Cynthia McKinney, presidential candidate of the Power to the People coalition, and Cindy Sheehan, independent candidate for U.S. Congress (challenging House Speaker Nancy Pelosi), called for repealing NAFTA, explaining that this agreement is responsible for the destruction of jobs and communities and both sides of the border. Their call must be taken up by working people and the trade union movement across the United States. (Video posted at http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=4832122434521971338&q=may+day+cindy+sheehan&ei=9DsfSKbhG4-eqgOflOnEAQ).

April 29, 2008

Last week the Impeachment event at the Grand Lake Theater was a great success with a good turnout and a very good, inspiring program. (Read the keynote by David Swanson here- Sympathy for Dick Cheney). I went to dinner beforehand with a number of folks and Paul Burks put forward the idea of suing various members of Congress for failing to do their jobs. We still have to find out more details and get some good lawyers willing to help us.

I passed on the tabling stuff and banners to John Wright so he could take them to the Beach Impeach, and hopefully the May Day march/rally/protests.

Generally I miss out on the family/scout events and go to the political events, instead, but I made an exception last Saturday, because I had agreed to go canoeing with the family and the scouts, before they revived the Beach Impeach, and I love canoeing. So last Saturday, I was on the Russian River with the scouts. I have done a lot of white-water canoeing, but last Saturday we had two canoes overturn and get trapped by submerged trees in strong currents, one five feet below the water. Fortunately no one was seriously injured. I also was the one to venture up the bank and find a house, people, and borrow a rope which allowed us to haul the buried canoe out of the tree in deep water. Everyone was glad that we were able to save the canoe- and that I was there.

It was a beautifully hot summery day, but the water was freezing. I couldn't resist swimming, and unfortunately by evening I could feel myself coming down with a cold which knocked me out for a couple of days. Richard Gage called me Monday afternoon for the phone number of the Stanford Radio Station, reminding me that I had a radio interview. Besides feeling feverish and sick, the construction workers tore out our bedroom and office windows on Monday forcing us to move tons of stuff around, and I had completely forgotten about the radio show.

My own show is so much work, but I do enjoy it, even when I'm sick. I'm just way behind on a ton of paperwork, including taxes, the forms for Agape Foundation... posting events on the calendar, lining up guests for upcoming shows... And I need to rest to get well, but Life is so irresistable, and today is my husband's birthday, and I'd love to be able to bake him a birthday cake, at least.

April 19, 2008,

I have been struggling to balance the demands of my life, my family, with the demands of my "work." Sometimes there are surprising overlaps. Before I had Paul Krik on my radio show, last Monday, I realized that his great film Able Danger was inspired, to some degree, by the first "film noir" - The Maltese Falcon, which I had never seen. As it was, I was so interrupted by the demands of family that I never got to see the whole thing before the radio show, but Daniel watched it, too, and then afterwards Daniel and I watched Able Danger. On my second viewing, I could catch more of the jokes, parallels to the actual film, although Daniel (who is 14 was completely lost by the plot line). It's quite possible to enjoy Able Danger, without having seen The Maltese Falcon, but I think seeing both of them is a good idea and more fun...

On Tuesday I went to Stanford to question Morgan Spurlock about his new film- "Where in the World is Osama Bin Laden?"

Wednesday, I worked on the website and posted some of the news from Europe.

Thursday, I spent most of the day at the FCC Hearings on "The Future of the Internet" at Stanford.

Audio of the public comments are posted at www.indybay.org/newsitems/2008/04/17/18493592.php

I wish I could write an article about the meeting, but I haven't had time. There was a lottery to determine who would comment, in what order, during the public comment period, and I was lucky enough to be speaker #16 and get a whole 90 seconds (originally we were supposed to have two minutes) to speak. It was hard to squeeze the major points into such a small window.

I hurriedly bicycled home, skipped dinner and left for Oakland where I was half an hour late to a well attended meeting. The big action item was the upcoming 9/11 Truth Convergence being organized by Cosmos, we allocated $250 and encouraged him to find a defined space for people to meet, network, socialize, besides the street actions, so that it isn't just a vague, dissolve, bar hop later on your own, type of event. Those who could host folks from out of town are encouraged to let Cosmos know, so he can hook you up with folks who are coming. Most of the organizing is being done online at truthaction.org but we do need support from folks in San Francisco to help with logistics, actual meeting space, and there are monies allotted for that. Our next meeting is a joint meeting with us and Aaron Dames group on Thursday, May 1st, which I won't be able to attend because I'll be at the Media Conference in Sunnyvale. I do hope people will pitch in and help to make the Convergence a success, and that means helping with the real nuts and bolts logistics.

We also discussed other upcoming events and opportunities- The big Impeachment Event at the Grand Lake Theater on the 24th, the Beach Impeach, the upcoming media conferences, and the Week of Truth, and I urged folks with websites to put up banners on their sites. I still need to send out an email blast to our list and the Deception Dollar webmasters, but I have been "in triage" trying to do the most urgent stuff first- like feeding hungry kids, getting Behind Every Terrorist- There is a Bush republished, in time for the media conference, ordering all the DVDs that I should have ordered last January, plus The Shell Game to support the national effort and have the book available at our upcoming tabling events. I've also been working on the upcoming radio shows, and the interview I needed to do for the media conference. I have also had to do our taxes, pay the bills, do the banking, shipping. The demands never end, but my time keeps running out. I never can catch up with my Impeachment page, either, because my back just doesn't allow me to spend too many hours at the computer.

April 12, 2008

My appreciation for the outpouring of concern and support from friends and listeners who have been sending me emails, and my apologies for not being able to reply to all of them or even keep up with my phone messages. It has been challenging for me this week because the windows and doors are being replaced in our home and the sounds of construction and plastic spread to prevent the dust from getting everywhere has even shrouded the phone answering machine, so there obstacles for me to simply do the "ordinary things- like eat, drink, cook, sleep, as well as hear the phone or think when being blasted by the noise of walls being shattered by machines.

I have tried to escape when possible, to go for my hikes and it was a pleasure to set up the Listening Project on Friday, the 11th, in solidarity with the 11th Day od Actions. It almost felt like summer weather and I wished that I had worn shorts. Women in Black also gather in Lytton Plaza every Friday and they were very nice to us and welcomed our presence.

I also had a good long chat with John Bursill and shipped him 4 cases of Deception Dollars and 9/11 Fact Sheets. I'm getting so low on stock now, that I think I might have to reprint soon. I still hope to make "Conception" or "Perception" Dollars for Truth, Peace, Justice, Impeachment candidates, but I've been in triage mode for so long, I haven't even officially launched my Congressional campaign- or sent out a single press release. The guy who created my 2006 website (and the only one who has access to it) hasn't made it available to me, and has had his hands full with taking care of his mother who is seriously ill. Some day I hope to catch up with my life and become better organized.

Next Thursday, the 17th are the FCC hearings at Stanford (and the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance meeting in Oakland), plus the Week of Truth begins on Wednesday. Just doing my radio show, planning for the upcoming events, conferences, keeping up with the ordering, bookkeeping, taxes for Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance, and feeding the ever hungry family still occupy most of my time. At least the weather is beautiful and I am feeling well and happy. When I spoke to my son (in Oberlin, Ohio) yesterday, he told me that the hardest thing for him to do was his schoolwork when it was beautiful weather outside. I could sympathize 100%. I enjoy being outside and being with family and friends so much, it is hard to hunker down at the computer and catch up on all the "work."

April 11, 2008, The Listening Project, Downtown Palo Alto

April 8, 2008

I have several emails waiting to go out, but for the past two days I have been having trouble sending them out- they are blocked, and I've only been able to send them when they have more or less become obsolete. I am not sure what the problem is.

I worked far too long on the computer today on a review of the great new film Able Danger and updating my radio show blog with the upcoming 9/11 Film Makers' Show with Samira Goetschel, director of Our Own Private Bin Laden and Paul Krik creator of ABLE DANGER.

This evening I went to see John Pilger's new film - The War on Democracy which I had really been looking forward to seeing. I suppose I might have been more moved, had I not been familiar with all the material that Pilger covered, but I felt that the film would never attract a large general audience or people like my husband or kids who probably wouldn't have been able to sit through it.

I'll probably get blasted by my hardcore fellow 9/11 truth activists, but I think Able Danger could draw, and hold a larger crowd. I will post my review- of Able Danger - the film when my back recovers from today's ordeal.

April 6, 2008

On Thursday night we voted to donate $300 to the Feal Good Foundation (We did hold a benefit for them and us in December, but we lost money on the premieres of Loose Change- Final Cut, but we're in better shape now financially.) We also voted $300 to the organizers of the conference in Australia, and an additional $200 to help cover my expenses to attend the National Conference on Media Reform in June.

On Friday workman began ripping apart the walls of our home to replace the dead furnace, and I spent way too much time working at the computer, aggravating the pain in my lower back.

Saturday, I drove to UC Berkeley to attend the California State Green Party Plenary and press conference (I did interviews with 3 TV stations- abc, cbs, kpix, as well as interviews with KGO and KPFA radio stations (although I have no idea, if any of what I said was aired.) Here's the written statement of what I said at the press conference, although I did modify this somewhat:

For over a decade I have worked on educating the public about the global economy--which, frankly, is a war economy that undermines the health and well-being of the planet and all of us who ultimately depend upon the water, the air, and the living soil for our basic sustenance. As long as this nation devotes the bulk of its resources and energy towards waging war and controlling, killing, and imprisoning people, it will continue to criminally rob its citizens. The most blatant examples of this can be seen at the highest levels of government, where the Constitution, the Supreme Court, and basic morality are not respected. Instead we see rampant looting, corruption, war-profiteering, and, most recently, financial shenanigans legitimizing fraud and predatory lending, allowing the rich to legally rob the poor and deprive them of their homes.

The Federal Reserve itself was a horrific scam foisted upon the American people that has only benefited the “banking class” and never served the public good. The Fed has recently been responsible for deregulating the financial sector and encouraging speculative derivatives that created the housing bubble we are faced with now. Fortunes have been made by some, but many people were lured into debt traps through promises of credit, no questions asked.

Charging exorbitant interest used to be called “usury,” and it was forbidden by all the world’s religions. In recent years the federal government intervened to prevent state governments from protecting their people from the predatory lending practices of the largest financial institutions in the country. As a result, for the first time since the data began to be tracked in 1945, homeowners' debt on their houses now exceeds their equity [1]. California has the dubious distinction of being the state with the largest total number of foreclosures--more than 57,000 filings in January, one for every 227 homes [2]. This is serious. Personal bankruptcies are expected to be the highest ever this year, and all levels of government are facing fiscal crises.

There are solutions available to help those suffering the most in the short term--and we should help the most recent victims--but frankly, these are just band-aid solutions. We need systemic solutions that recognize that the debt crisis that has toppled empires historically--when wealth is so concentrated in the hands of the upper class that they blindly destroy their economic base. What our nation needs is basic and comprehensive monetary reform, to move us away from a debt-based system to an honest, transparent, accountable system. But as long as our political system is dominated by liars, crooks, and corrupt politicians--who ignore their oaths of office and our Constitution--such comprehensive reforms are highly unlikely at the federal level; it is only at the state level that we might have a chance of initiating minor reforms.

I am appalled that Congresswoman Eshoo--the incumbent I am running against--has been working closely with the NSA to “fight counterterrorism.” The so-called “War on Terror” has provided the Bush administration with an excuse to undermine civil liberties at home, siphon resources from the poor to the rich, and Eshoo has embraced this agenda. The real terrorists are in the White House and should be impeached. We should be exposing the lies and criminals, getting out of the war business, and redirecting resources to healing and improving people’s lives and the failing ecosystems upon which they depend.

[1]
http://www.usatoday.com/money/economy/housing/2008-03-06-foreclosures_N.htm

[2]
http://money.cnn.com/2008/02/26/real_estate/foreclosures_rise_again/index.htm?postversion=2008022608

It was great to see old friends and meet some new people, including Mark Sanchez who is running for the Board of Supervisors in San Francisco. The worst thing was not rendez-vousing with Tian on Sunday afternoon, when I went to a meeting on saving KPFA (which Tian couldn't locate- so he went home on public transit unbeknownst to me). I knew many of the speakers, including my dear friend, Maria Gilardin. Maria also gave me a copy of her new program on the Maritn Luther King Jr. Trial and the closing arguments of William Pepper to the jury who delivered the verdict that James Earl Ray did not kill King, but was part of a larger conspiracy involving the FBI, CIA, Memphis, police, the mafia. It was very late by the time I got home and everyone was very hungry, waiting for me to cook them dinner. (The rock-climbing was good, but the boy scout cuisine left something to be desired.)

The media is still vital to the battle for "democracy"- within KPFA, as well as in this country, the world. On Friday I learned that the FCC will be holding their hearing Thursday, April 17, 2008, 12:00 pm to 7:00 pm at Dinkelspiel Auditorium, Stanford University. At the same time I read a tongue in cheek article on Eshoo's working with the NSA to combat "cyber-terrorism" which I suspect is their euphemism for "free speech"- dissenting websites/information/the truth. We have a huge amount of work to do, and much of it will be "framing issues," getting out the information, helping people to realize what is at stake.

April 3, 2008

Just got an email from David Ray Griffin- the funds have been raised to get his new book to Congress.

April 2, 2008

9/11 Truth- The Key to Peace

Impeachment- The Key to Justice

Here are the wonderful signs that Cam made for the Impeachment/Anti-War Rallies in March. These photos were taken by Sandy Taylor who also created the great Pelosi on a Peach Impeachment image. I just wish we could get these ideas seared into the brains of the Peace and Justice Movement. There is still rampant fear and denial over the most blatant, obvious facts about 9/11.

Hard as our issue is, I think David Ray Griffin's gentle approach might be the most effective at winning over politicians and the press. Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance would like to help get David Ray Griffin's excellent new book, 9/11 Contradictions: An Open Letter to Congress and the Press, sent to Congress with the assistance of the publishers (Interlink).

        

So far $3000 has been raised and we hope to raise an additional $1144.(April 3, 2008- The money has been raised. DRG just sent me a note today!) If you would like to help with this effort please earmark your donations "DRG- 9/11 Contradictions." Donations can be made out directly to Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance or, if you would like a tax deduction, checks can be written to Agape Foundation- or you can donate through Agape's webisite.

(Mail checks to Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance, PO Box 60511, Palo Alto, CA 94306)

All donations of $50 or more that go through Agape Foundation to the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance are tax-deductible. Although we do not have our own tax-exempt status, the Internal Revenue Service allows our donors to make charitable contributions through our Fiscal Sponsor, The Agape Foundation. As such, their name, not ours, will appear on your bank or credit card statement.

We greatly appreciate all donations. Our work depends on the generosity of people who share our vision for a non-violent world, and an end to state-sponsored terrorism. Donate through Agape Foundation

Our campaign is also in solidarity with another national campaign-

Week of Truth
April 16-22, 2008

Let's make 9/11 Truth part of the National Dialogue.

Help drive Steve Alten's novel- The Shell Game onto the NYT's Bestseller's List

        

When the book hits the top 10, hopefully #1, on the NY Times list, we should be able to have a major dialogue on this issue- a real break in the dam which has kept so many basic facts hidden from public consciousness. (Although a work of fiction, the book raises important issues and draws attention to the work of Griffin, Ruppert and the 9/11 Truth Movement, in general. It's a good read. My Review is posted here. Watch Steve Alten in this Video Interview by Jon Gold and decide whether or not you would like to see him in the national spotlight.

March 29, 2008

When I was 22 years old, facing a suicidal friend in Grenoble, France, I had my first "mystical experience" which lasted less than a minute, but profoundly changed my life- allowing me to forgive, accept and love my friend, myself, my family, the world. I felt that I had learned life's most important lesson, and while I had been extremely fearful of death as a child, from that moment onward, I felt that it would be no great tragedy, if I died, because I had learned life's most important lesson, I had found an inner peace which allowed me to live a full, joyous life.

When, on the verge of getting married (at age 25), I was informed that my fiance had a tumor, the size of an orange at the center of his brain, and might not survive the weekend, that certainly rocked my "inner peace" a bit and my values changed, as the future took on aspects of "a black hole" and each day, I never knew whether it would be my fiance's last day for about two years, while we lived on the intense edge.

In the last two weeks, I have had to confront the possibilities of death, again, my own and my husbands, as we have both been in and out of Stanford Hospital and had to undergo various tests. It's a little chilling to be in a Cancer Clinic, have a doctor remark, "Oh you're so young, I thought you'd be older." Point out giant cysts/tumors which are "probably benign," but suggesting a biopsy because, "Well, why? If they are not, then I would get the joyous news that I would probably die, soon."

Facing the possibility of knowing or not knowing, I can't help but think about whether or not I would live my life differently, if I was told that I did have cancer. As a political activist, maybe an effective one, maybe an abysmally ineffective one (Certainly, it is hard to say, to judge, and I'm hardly in a position to be objective), I do feel like I have stuck my neck out and, if I actually am successful, then I am putting my own life, and possibly those of my family and friends at greater risk. On the other hand, I usually take on giant, global issues, which have a huge impact upon humanity, and perhaps the survival of our species. I often see myself, and each of my colleagues, fellow activists, engaged on a multitude of issues, as the immune system of humanity and perhaps the biosphere, doing all we can to prevent "terracide." Each day could be my last day, and I am forever grateful for each moment that I am alive and for what I am able to do, although usually it is a small percentage of what I wish I could accomplish in the course of a day. I am forever trying to balance my life- the work, the kids, the husband, the friends, my body, my spirit, my intellectual curiosity, my passions.

So, I felt a certain ambivalence about more tests, a biopsy, and would like to avoid as many as possible, and just live my life.

I confirmed my attendance at a couple conferences, made airline/hotel reservations, lined up guests for my radio show in April, tried to update my calendar of events. I also baked lots of cookies for the horde of teenage boys who filled the house over Spring Break, playing all day long, and for Jeremy to take with him snow-camping with the scouts this weekend, and for Jules to take with him back to Oberlin (I was up at 5 am to get him to the airport). I missed the impeachment rallies in San Jose. I need to improve my write up for my next radio show with David Ray Griffin and Janette MacKinlay and post that, and finish and post some of the articles that I have neglected for years. Chuck and Adam contributed edits to the interview with Adam Trombly that I did on March 17th. I still need to figure out the voice recognition software for use on the other interviews (plus how to use the camera and audio tools that I have now). So much to do, to learn, and yet, I think of the lovely 84 year old woman dancer who shared her house with me in Berekely and advised- "Meditate an hour every day" and if you are really busy "Meditate for two hours."

On my list of favorite things to do, and things that I need to do, is simply going for a walk, a hike, a bike ride (getting away from the computer which causes me physical pain). I will never be able to do all that I wish to do, but I hope that I at least find the balance, so that I can enjoy every moment, of every activity, that I choose to do, including the work that I am still passionate about.

March 24, 2008

I've spent the last few days, transcribing the interview with Adam Trombly and I just posted an excerpt of it on this website, and need to edit it even more and post it elsewhere, if my body can bear working at this computer more. Actually, I need to take a break. I can't sit here too long without paying a horrible price physically, and I want to ship some stuff to Australia for the organizer of the Sydney 9/11 Truth Now Tour. My husband's sick, the kids are out of school, and I need to feed them and give them some attention, too.

I'm glad I did the transcript, however. It should help me prepare questions to ask Trombly, as we continue our conversation on tonight's radio show.

March 20, 2008

Many of my friends were hanging banners, getting arrested, demonstrating in creative civil disobedience actions yesterday, while I went with Jeremy very early to the oral surgeon's office to get his wisdom teeth pulled. Between taking the ice on and off his jaws, changing gauze, getting medication for him, I baked lots of cookies for the anti-war rally in San Francisco. I couldn't leave Jeremy, or home, though, until my husband returned from work to be with Jeremy. I was pretty late setting up, and glad to see some familiar faces, especially Jody and Bill, who helped me table. We set up banners, I brought the sound system, but we were so disorganized (my fault- I forgot to send out an email to people- and we never really figured out an organized action at our recent meetings.) Also I think a lot of people were arrested yesterday (not necessarily expecting to be arrested)- so I wasn't able to find people to carry our banners or form a contingent in the march. I can also blame my hand injury, light rain, for making it very challenging to spontaneously organize at the rally. The table was swamped/popular as usual, although the crowds were smaller than usual, the rally shorter than usual, and with the table covered to protect the papers/books from the rain a good part of the time, we still received a respectful dose of support from the public who gave us about $500 in donations, and for our educational materials- books, DVDs, bumper stickers, buttons. The cookies and Deception Dollars we gave away for free.

Yesterday I also got an email from Adam Trombly, agreeing to be on my radio show again next Monday. I'm so glad, we covered just the tip of an iceberg. If I didn't have to unload the car from yesterday's rally, get to the Post Office, bank, grocery store, feed the family and get to the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance Meeting tonight- I'd try to do a transcript of our last show and get out a better article tomorrow to promote the next show.

Despite all the obstacles, and the seemingly glacial pace of change, however, I am so deeply encouraged at the raising of consciousness that is taking place- still beneath the mainstream media radar...

March 18, 2008

While I agree that "responsible" means being able to respond to the reality of the moment, I must admit that I cannot "respond" to everything or be at more than one place at a time, hence the belated, inadequate updating of this website, and I am missing the Impeachment caravan, as I write this, and prepare for the rally this afternoon in Palo Alto. I could not resist joining Tian at White Plaza yesterday (at Stanford) to pass out a few hundred flyers on today's Impeachment Rally, flaunting our great banners, and blasting our Impeachment- 9/11 songs on campus. Despite a few rude hardcore Bush fams, we found a lot of support and appreciation from the people who crossed our paths.

Last night I had a rather dramatic interview with Adam Trombly, if anyone has time to write up a transcript of the show- please send me a copy. I'd do it myself, if there were more hours in the day... Tomorrow there are major anti-war demonstrations in San Francisco (and on top of that my poor 17 year old is getting his wisdom teeth pulled- so I need to be mom first- activist second).

March 16, 2008

A cold, rainy forecast made it hard to coordinate our rally/march/tabling efforts in Palo Alto on Saturday. Camille made a beautiful key shaped sign with "9/11 Truth and the Peace symbol" on one side and "Impeachment and a Justice symbol" on the other. We missed one another for the first hour or so, as I set up banners in the Civic Center and then tried to make it to Town and Country Village for the Impeachment March, since I had the sound system and our two big Impeachment banners. Camille and Dana found us later when the rally began at the Civic Center. They brought a large case of the new Patriots Question 9/11 cards. The Peninsula Peace and Justice Center had rigged up some large awnings since there was a 70 % chance of rain and thunderstorms and the turnout was much smaller than usual- a couple of hundred of people. Many had gone to the direct action in Richmond against Chevron and others to the Winter Soldier Hearings in DC. We also did a side march for Impeachment to Lytton Plaza and up and down University with our Impeachment & 9/11 Truth Music, and flyered for the upcoming Impeachment Actions/Meeting/Rally. I was glad that it didn't rain. Our table was popular, especially since we had lots of cookies. There was a little coverage in the local papers, but by and large, the local press didn't have a clue about the events taking place nationwide, internationally, and the growing opposition to the war and the Administration.

I just wish I had figured out and brought my camera. As usual, I didn't get photos of our marches, and our wonderful new sign and handouts. We had an embarrassment of riches, as far as educational materials are concerned- more than we could pass out to all the people.

March 11, 2008

On Sunday night I had an extraordinary conversation with Adam Trombly who has agreed to be on my radio show next week. We started talking at 8:30 pm, at 1:20 am, I had to hang up on him, because my husband wanted to go to bed, and I didn't want to harm my marriage (plus I had to be up early the next morning). Monday, I spent most of the day on an article which I never was able to finish, before my back complained too much, and I had to shift to other tasks- baking cookies for today's Listening Project, feeding the family...and doing the radio show with the Australians, which was a wonderful experience.

The Listening Project- 9/11 Truth Action- March 11, 2008 - Downtown Palo Alto

It is heartening that so many people are doing outstanding consciousness raising work, not just on 9/11, but in exposing how the media controls information, creates lies/myths out of whole cloth. I just posted the links to the outstanding 8 part series of Expert Testimony by William Schaap on the FBI and CIA's control over the media and how it has been used to manipulate the public and crush dissent.

In this 8-part series Dr. William F. Pepper leads the co-publisher of Covert Action Quarterly, William Schaap, through a history of US Government Approved disinformation, beginning with examples in WWI and then WWII, when things really began to take off. The techniques of disinformation that the government employed during war-time were carried over into peace-time under the aegis of the Cold War. Schaap sites specific examples of CIA and FBI disinformation, concluding with Hoover's FBI attacks on Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr.

Part 1


• http://youtube.com/watch?v=bbnxsPgcsH0

Part 2


• http://youtube.com/watch?v=EcH7vKVM2iE

Part 3


• http://youtube.com/watch?v=C4rFXjGJ5os

Part 4


• http://youtube.com/watch?v=5oMqyWns1ew

Part 5


• http://youtube.com/watch?v=gd8Lqx7mazo

Part 6 (due to tape changes, some footage is lost in this section, please refer to transcript)


• http://youtube.com/watch?v=DP6dTsHIlI4

Part 7


• http://youtube.com/watch?v=enkxL0qquCE

Part 8


• http://youtube.com/watch?v=MPZrjxD4AAo

This should be seen by every student, every adult in the US- they would never be able to look at history or the news in the same light, if they knew this information. They would see through the "9/11 Lie" very quickly, and the government wouldn't be able to pull these operations off repeatedly.

There is so much I want to do. I have been thinking of a short "to do" list so as not to overwhelm myself:

1. Impeach Bush and Cheney.

2. Abolish the CIA.

3. Change the monetary system, from a debt based to a more honest system.

4. Restructure the global economy from war to healing people and planet.

Then again there are things I have to do:

1. Heal thumb.

2. Get treatment for the kidney stones.

3. Get oil change and car fixed.

4. Clean house and organize papers so I can find stuff, and catch up on my mail.

5. Clean garage, so I can find stuff and be prepared for the anti-war rally Saturday.

6. Finish and publish article I was working on Monday.

7. Schedule radio show guests for the rest of the month.

8. Get access, control over the website for my Congressional run that Christian created for me.

9. Fulfill all the promises, committments that I have made, the business work for NO. Ca 9/11 Truth Alliance.

10. Get some new pants, cause all my jeans have holes in them.

My husband wasn't feeling well today, and ended up in the Emergency Room of the Stanford Hospital. I worried about him when I went to my demonstration, and when I came home and Daniel told me to call Jean-Luc on his cell phone. I picked him up at Stanford, just before cooking dinner. There is no roof on our house, now- it is in the process of being "reroofed." Life is a continuing flow of personal, global crises, that I am compelled to respond to. At least things are so bad, that the whole family is relishing in our sense of humor and ability to laugh at what is happening, and glad that we are able to love, support, encourage one another to get through the challenges we create for ourselves each day.

March 9, 2008

It has been a very difficult week for me and my family. At the same time, some good things did happened and I was encouraged by the activism and efforts of many people from around the world and locally. Last Tuesday when I was dealt a heavy blow at the Voter Registrar's office, telling me that the signatures we had gathered were on the wrong form and wouldn't count, I also was hurrying back and forth to Stanford University to meet with filmmakers and see a documentary called-

Made in LA

Students had organized a lunch for the filmmakers, that was well attended. They spoke and showed poignant clips from their film and shared their story, which was quite moving.

What had started out as a ten minute organizational tool for activists working on a boycott to protest sweatshop conditions in LA, turned into a 6 year project, film, which followed the transformation of three women's lives> In the course of their organizing efforts, the women become empowered and understand how their own struggle is connected to the larger struggle of immigrant rights,and labor struggles taking place throughout the world.

I thought it would be a good opportunity to meet student activists, and people who would be good to ask to speak on my radio show on the topic of workers and immigrant rights.

After my ordeal at the Registrar's office in San Jose, I hurried back to feed my kids, and was slightly late for the evening film screening (which sadly was not very well attended). I could not be unmoved by the film, however, especially since it was so personal in showing how hard they worked at their jobs, and devoted all their free time to their organizing efforts, and tried to meet the demands of their families. I saw my own story in their story (plus I was born and raised in LA...). When the film concluded, I was the first to ask a question (actually more than one question- the second having to do with the larger picture and issues- how their struggle impacted sweatshops oin LA and pushed the industry to relocate elsewhere)> My first question was a very personal question about the mother who left three kids behind in El Salvador, and worked to support them in LA. In the film the kids try to rejoin her, but they don't make it. So I asked if she ever got to see her kids. The filmmaker said that at the World Premiere in DC, the three women were at the showing, and the organizers of the event arranged for the eldest son to come, as well. Mother and son were reunited at the World Priemire- and there wasn't a dry eye in the house. The son fully understood what his mom had been through to support his family for those many long years when they were separated.

The film's message is deeply personal and universal and is reaching audiences across all sorts of cultural boundaries, because everyone can relate to unjust laws, tyranny, oppression, exploitation, the daily struggle, the need to organize to defend rights not only for oneself, but for others.

I plan on doing a radio show with the film producers and others, when I can schedule it.

On Thursday, there was a rally that I could not resist going to at Stanford, in defense of habeus corpus and the prisoners at Guantanamo Bay, organized by students. That morning I also received a stunning report from the Palo Alto Police Department, completely exonerating themselves from my formal complaint- when they threatened to arrest me for gathering signatures on my Impeach Cheney petition in the local park last year.

Speaking at the rally were some amazing people, including a young man who spoke about the Wikileaks case, where a website was shut down because it posted some damning leaked documents about a bank's behavior. They won their case and got the website back up again, and he shared that they were posting leaked documents which showed how systemic the torture was at Guantanamo, and how the model was then systemically expanded to Abu Graib and other prisons.

Another speaker won three cases at the Supreme Court on behalf of the Guantanamo Bay prisoners (and will probably win a fourth case), but she expressed her frustration at winning cases that the Adminsistration chose to ignore. They have yet to comply with the law of the highest court of the land.

The same lawyer volunteered to write me a letter for the Palo Alto Police Department, as she agreed with me that the First Amendment trumps the city ordinance that they cited to shut me up, and use to threaten me with arrest. That should help me and others to exercise our rights, and prevent the police from intimidating us with arrest threats.

On Thursday, I continued to call the Secretary of State about what happened in Santa Clara County, and eventually she responded to my email. Here is her response- and my response to it:

March 6, 2008

Dear Ms. Brouillet:

Thank you for contacting me about the problem you had with submitting signatures to the Santa Clara County elections office in order to waive your candidate filing fees.

Under current law, California Elections Code sections 8020 and 8106, candidates must submit nomination documents and petition in-lieu filing fee forms according to specific deadlines set out in statute. Local elections officials verify the signatures submitted on those forms.

It appears that in your case, you attempted to submit additional in-lieu signatures on March 4, 2008, but that Santa Clara County was unable to accept the signatures, because they were submitted on a nomination form instead of a Petition in Lieu of Filing Fee form. You mentioned you were misinformed about which form to use. While I certainly understand your frustration, the law is very specific in this area and does not provide for exceptions. Fortunately, there is still time for you to submit signatures on the appropriate form. Friday, March 7th is the filing deadline, which should allow you time to resubmit your signatures to Santa Clara County on the proper form.

Thank you for taking the time to contact me. I hope this information is helpful to you. If you have any questions, or if I can assist you on another matter related to the Secretary of State’s office, please contact my office at (916) 653-7244.

Sincerely,

Debra Bowen
Secretary of State

Dear Ms. Bowen,

This is unfair and outrageous. We cannot go back to 35 people and tell them that I was misinformed by a horrific bureaucrat at the County Registrar's Office who gave me 3 copies of a useless form on February 21st. It was their mistake, but I am supposed to pay the price- in this case- a lot of work and annoyance to a lot of people or hundreds of dollars. I have turned in over 150 good signatures- 120 on the Petition in lieu of filing fee form which I received in January, and the rest on the form that was given to me on February 21st when I knew that I would need to gather replacement signatures, if some of the 158 signatures that I turned in on that day in were not good. We spent days gathering signatures. I'm a busy woman with an injured hand, people working on my house, meetings, kids to feed, rallies to attend, a radio show to organize.

I was misinformed, misdirected by the Santa Clara Office- and I think I should not have to bear the cost of their mistake, that the signatures were gathered in good faith (I thought the old form was no longer good) and all the signatures that I gathered should be honored as 122 were on Petition in Lieu of Filing Fee on them and 29 on the form given to me on February 21st which said "Nomination" on it. I thought it was the date/time period that was the important thing- and all of the signatures were gathered within the required time period- less than 40 stated Nomination on them. There is the letter of the law and the spirit of the law.

Of course today I spoke with a lawyer, who is willing to represent me for free on a more serious matter, but she won 3 cases in the Supreme Court on behalf of the Guantanamo Bay prisoners who were denied their habeus corpus rights (and other rights). The White House ignored the Supreme Court's decisions.

I am running for office because I think Cheney and Bush should be impeached, and that Congress is failing to live up to their oath of Office. I have been threatened with arrest for trying to exercise my First Amendment Rights. I have been pulled to the side of the road and had "law officers" hold me and my sixteen year old son at gunpoint, and been handcuffed and placed in an unmarked police car "supposedly because we fit the description of suspects in a non-existent armed robbery"- but, in actuality, it was a clear attempt to intimidate me and curb my activism. Under the new laws- I'll probably get labeled a "domestic terrorist" and tortured, killed in some undisclosed prison/concentration camp.

I shouldn't expect fair treatment, honesty, from bureaucrats who certainly don't want me to get elected to public office. I should expect lies, roadblocks, obstacles, on every step of my journey, especially since there are enough laws that contradictions are bound to exist, and I could probably be prosecuted for almost anything I do or say under some law or another.

I had expected better treatment from you, since I thought you cared about the blatant stealing of our elections, and I had hoped that you would be ethical, understanding, human, and working towards improving the electoral process.

I am angry, but I will direct my energy, efforts, towards other battles. This is, I think, grossly unfair and unjust, but emblematic of a corrupt system, that does not care if it hurts people, lies to them, denies them justice, and would like to shut them up- whatever it takes.

You wrote:
Fortunately, there is still time for you to submit signatures on the appropriate form.

It's impossible. That is tomorrow. You will deny the validity of the signatures gathered and charge me a hefty filing fee- because a petty bureaucrat gave me the wrong form, in triplicate at the wrong time.

We have suffered enough calamities from trying to do too much. The health bills and getting the car repaired would cost more than $400, but $400 hurts, and I am very mad at the Santa Clara County Registrar's Office and at your response. You can be sure that everyone will hear the story!!!!!

Carol Brouillet

I didn't tell Ms. Bowen, but I was feeling pretty ill, exhausted, and angry when I wrote my response (perhaps that comes through in my choice of language). However I had a headache from Wednesday through Saturday, and felt ill, particularly on Friday and Saturday. I think because of the kidney stones. On Monday, I will have to schedule the treatment for them. My husband's back is still hurting him, my hand is still in a splint and I hope it heals correctly, but if I try to bend it- I am still missing the lower knuckle. Secretary of State Bowen might think that gethering 35 signatures was no big deal for me, but to me it was just a huge, unnecessary, obstacle thrown in my path- a real blow to my spirit, more than anything else. Tian said he went out and got five more (I don't know if he turned them in or not), but I didn't find the strength or energy to gather anymore.

On Wednesday night, I went to bed at 6:30 pm. Then I got a really nice phone call from Larry Pinkney and his girlfriend thanking me for having him on the show. I thought he was great and hope to have him on again with Cynthia McKinney, who did agree to do the show (on Movement Building)- but didn't get back to me in a timely fashion. [It is hard to schedule shows with busy people, which is one of the things I need to do today- work on scheduling, especially since they just changed the clocks in the US- and tomorrow night I want to be sure to get John Bursill and Glen Clancy on at the right time- John's in Sydney and Glen is in Japan- and it is so easy to make mistakes when we are on different days and different clocks.]

On Thursday night Chuck came over and we went together to the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance meeting in San Francisco. It was a pretty small meeting- I know Ken and Cosmos were preparing for their trip to Australia, so we really never bothered with an agenda, financial report, but just had a discussion and I passed out the latest Rock Island Free Presses. Chuck and I agreed to go to the Impeachment rally the next day at Zoe Lofgren's office. I'd bring the sound system and he's brings the songs.

Friday, I felt so ill, I wouldn't have gone, had I not agreed with Chuck that I'd bring the sound system- which really does help at those rallies. It was a struggle to get out press releases and post articles about my upcoming radio show.

Last week I also was cheered by Valentine, whom I sent the 32,000 Deception Dollars to, just in the nic of time, to be passed out at the EU parliament 9/11 event... I had sent Valentine the wrong account number for the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance. She wrote back the sweetest note-

I am happy to find the problem
I make a new order.
Do not worry
My car broke down
The more you do the more calamities you make
And the more goals you reach!

We have had a very instructing week end in Amsterdam
With more than 40 europeen activists, Chiesa and Fujita
We want to start trials against these morons for genocide
An idea from Chris Coverdale who started this in the UK
Based on 4 international laws.
'Make war history' with Annie Machon.
You will hear from us.
love
Valentine

No matter what troubles we face dealing with the US government. It is good to know that there is this wonderful network of people throughout the planet committed to truth, peace, justice, working together, despite all the obstacles.

P.S. I just revised some of this when I realized that I had made some mistakes. On Friday when I returned from the Impeachment Rally, I immediately went to bed, and got up in time to go with my husband to see the High School production of The Winter's Tale which our son, Jeremy has been working on for so long. It was classical Shakespeare, a story about misplaced jealousy which causes death, heartbreak, various calamities, lots of suffering... but eventually with time, love, and forgiveness, the situation is resolved.

I know I should be more forgiving, but it is always hard when one is still in the "painful moment" and much easier when there is time and distance.

March 5, 2008

The Good News- I had a great time gathering signatures last weekend to get on ballot. It was wonderful, finally getting to speak directly with Wade Frazier on Monday's radio show, creator of the voluminous, insightful website- www.ahealedplanet.net exploring New Energy and the Abundance Paradigm. Lots of people helped me to hammer out a press release on the latest International Developments on the 9/11 Truth Movement, and John Bursill, organizer of the Sydney Conference agreed to do a radio show on it next week.

[Here's a short version of the Press Release]:

International Demands for New 9/11 Investigation Challenge US “War on Terror”

In 2008 alone, in Japan, in Europe, Australia, the US Congress, and New York, elected officials and citizen activists have questioned the Official Story of 9/11.

On January 10 in Japan, Yukihisa Fujita, a member of the Democratic Party of Japan, challenged Bush’s request for the Japanese to assist in supplying the US military effort in Afghanistan, by raising questions about 9/11 and the “War on Terrorism” before the Japanese Parliament.

On February 26 in Italy, Giulietto Chiesa, a journalist and member of the European Parliament, invited colleagues and the press to attend a screening of the documentary Zero, an investigation into the events of 9/11.

On February 26 in Washington, Republican Representative Dana Rohrabacher spoke out on the floor of the US Congress about the Bush administration’s obstruction of Congressional inquiries related to the crimes of 9/11, stating that he has “come to the sad conclusion that this administration has intentionally obstructed Congress' rightful and constitutional duties.”

In New York City, 2008 has seen a citizen effort to place on the November General Election ballot an initiative that will allow the voters of New York City to mandate, through public referendum, the formation of a new Citizens Commission to Re-Investigate 9/11.

In Australia, from March 14 to March 16, Sydney Truth Action will host an international conference to critically examine the events of 9/11 and Australia’s participation in the War on Terror. The central issue of the conference will be "Did Australia go to war in Iraq and Afghanistan on a false pretext?" The conference will focus on what really occurred on 9/11 and what has been done in the name of 9/11 by the Australian government. The conference will also examine whether the US and Australian governments have actively sponsored, or been complicit in the cover-up of, terrorism.

For more information about this international conference, go to www.truthnowtour.com

The Bad News- The cascading personal, family calamities continue. We've rented the same house for 18 years. Suddenly the owner wants to cherry it up (horror- will we have to move????). Workman coming to remove the dead water heater which has always lived in the garage forced us to move out a ton of stuff (including all the priceless banners and art onto the porch), we spent hours cleaning out a fraction of the garage, and it was extremely hard on our backs- particularly my husband's back- which is seriously traumatized (he can hardly walk and couldn't lay down because the pain was so bad last night he hardly got any sleep). In the turmoil which cost me my thumb last week, my son's notebook was lost plus the big assignment due today in his Honors English class.

Yesterday I joined Tian, Gerry and Dana to deliver signatures to the Voter Registrar's office in San Jose. As I was leaving the house- all the stuff on the porch (which I hadn't had time to put away) was getting wet and soiled by a guy cleaning the roof (argh- a thousand dollars worth of art wrecked- but I think they rescued it- I'm not sure yet- but I had to move it in the dark garage last night and I hope its ok.) I had to hurry...

What started out to be a joyous triumph turned into an ordeal when I was informed that the 35 signatures we had gathered "were on the wrong form and useless..."

Today I sent an email to-

The Secretary of State- Debra Bowen

Dear Debra,

Having spoken at one of the hearings you organized regarding the integrity of our elections, I am confidant that you will be able to help me, and be understanding of the outrage I felt today when I submitted 37 signatures of Registered Green Party members to eliminate my filing fee in the June 6th Election, where I hope to be on the ballot for the Green Party nomination for US Representative District 14 in the November Election.

In 2006, I also ran for Congress, and I enjoyed gathering signatures, and was able to do so in a timely fashion. In 2007, I was thinking about running for Congress, but I was also organizing film premieres, rallies, hosting a weekly radio show (one with Sherry Healy on Election Protection), and very active in the organization that I founded- The Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance. The day after our major rally/action in San Francisco, on December 17, 2007) while I was hosting my radio show, I became violently ill. I was unable to complete the broadcast, my husband called 911, and I was rushed by ambulance to the hospital. I was diagnosed with kidney stones. When I was able to leave the hospital, I was very weak.

Following the Green Party Presidential Debate, (January 13th, 2008) friends within the Party encouraged me to run again. I told them that if they could help me gather the necessary signatures to waive the filing fee that I would run again, although we really didn’t have much time, and I knew I would need help, especially since I hadn’t the physical strength that I was accustomed to. I did receive lots of help, and I also stopped taking the medication that was responsible for the weakness that I felt and regained my strength.

On February 21, 2008- the last day of signature gathering, I turned in 158 signatures in Santa Clara County (I had already turned in 3 in San Mateo County). The next day I received a phone call telling me that 120 were “good” and that I could turn in up to 38 replacement signatures.

On February 21st I also received a form and two copies of that form at the Registrar’s office and the distinct impression that these were the new forms for the replacement signatures, in case I needed them. They were dated February 21st and I thought that the other forms were only for signatures gathered before that date, not subsequent to that date.

Today when I tried to turn in 35 signatures, gathered between February 21st and March 4th, I was informed that they were on the wrong form and would not qualify to replace the needed signatures because they said “Nomination” not “Petition in Lieu of Filing Fee.” (The additional two signatures which someone handed me that day, I didn't think would count because they were on the "old form," but to my surprise- they were accepted and the staff tried to reject the others and say that they would not count towards the 150 signatures needed.) I was outraged, and the staff said that there was a terrible misunderstanding between me and whoever gave me the forms, but that there was nothing they could do- the situation was out of their control, and rested in your hands. Rules are rules, there are lots of candidates, no one could make an exception, I should have read all the rules. Well there is common sense and justice, and I assume you are amply endowed with both from my personal observation of you, and your actions, so I appeal to your humane understanding to acknowledge and grant the signatures that I gathered in this brief time period (that are good and from Registered Green Party members) to count towards the reduction of the filing fee. I'd rather save my anger, energy, efforts for larger justice battles that I am currently engaged in. Thank-you for your time, attention, and hopefully assistance in this matter.

Sincerely,

Carol Liane Brouillet...

PS I thought of ccing this to the press, but I’d rather just draw it to your attention and have it quickly rectified and suggest that the “current process and procedures” be improved, so that other candidates do not suffer from the situation I found myself in today. Thank-you.

Sometimes one doesn't have time to shorten and edit a message. Here's the first draft (with more info) of my DRAFT press release:

International Demands for a New 9/11 Investigation Challenge the “War on Terror”

In Japan, in Europe, in the Congress of the United States, in New York City, in Australia, elected officials and citizens are questioning the events of 9/11, the obstacles that the Administration has placed before the official Commission, and other Congressional investigations into terrorists’ attacks. People are challenging the official narrative of 9/11, and other attacks that have taken place in the US, and abroad, and challenging policies which assist the US to carry out its “War on Terror” and threaten civil liberties.

On January 10, 2008, Mr. Yukihisa Fujita, a member of Democratic Party of Japan, challenged Bush’s request for assistance from the Japanese to supply the US military effort in Afghanistan, by raising questions about 9/11 and the “War on Terrorism” in the Japanese Parliament.

On February 26, 2008 Guilietto Chiesa, a member of the European Parliament, journalist, and author, invited his colleagues and the press to attend a screening of the Italian documentary named ‘ZERO, an investigation into the events of 9/11’ and a debate with Mr. Yukihisa Fujita, Dr. David Ray Griffin, theologian and author of seven important books on 9/11, Tim Sparke, the film distributor, as well as the director and producers of ‘Zero’- Paolo Jormi Bianchi, Thomas Torelli, Francesco Trento and Franco Fracassi.

On the same day, the anniversary of the first World Trade Center bombings, Representative Rohrabacher spoke out on the floor of Congress.

“The disdain and uncooperative nature that this administration has shown toward Congress, including Republican Members, is so egregious that I can no longer assume that it is simply bureaucratic incompetence or isolated mistakes. Rather, I have come to the sad conclusion that this administration has intentionally obstructed Congress' rightful and constitutional duties.”

Rohrabacher detailed the lack of cooperation in many specific cases, including his request to the acting Attorney General last October-

“In 2005, former Clinton National Security Advisor Sandy Berger pled guilty to the mishandling and destruction of classified documents.

“He admitted to entering the National Archives and unlawfully removing, then subsequently destroying, classified documents dealing with terrorist related issues. He removed the documents by stuffing them down his pants and in his suit jacket, presumably with the intention of getting rid of any damning evidence showing his involvement in the failure of our intelligence and law enforcement communities to prevent the Sept. 11th attacks prior to his testimony before the 911 Commission. These documents have never been recovered.

“As part of a plea deal, Mr. Berger agreed to take a polygraph test to be administered by the Department of Justice. It has been two years since that agreement and Mr. Berger has yet to fulfill his obligation.

“We are writing to officially request that as Attorney General you direct the Department of Justice without any further delay to administer a lie detector test to Mr. Berger and determine what documents were stolen and how our National Security was compromised.

“The Congress, and the American people, deserve to know the facts of this crime and what Mr. Berger was covering up.”

Rohrabacher also was denied access to the Federal prisoner Ramzi Yousef who-

“may well have had something to do with the bombing of the World Trade Center and the bombing of the Oklahoma City building… This request is well within my committee's jurisdiction as ranking member of the Investigative Subcommittee of the House Foreign Affairs Committee. This request has been supported by the chairman of the Investigative Subcommittee, the chairman of the full Foreign Affairs Committee, the chairman of the Judiciary Committee, and the chairman of the Intelligence Committee…

“Nevertheless, the Department of Justice, consistent with its treatment of congressional inquiries during the tenure of this President, has dismissed this valid request. This request has been treated with what can only be described as contempt and condescension.

“So, why would this administration obstruct congressional inquiries such as this? Remember, Ramzi Yousef was the mastermind behind several devastating terrorist attacks and plots against America. He led the first murderous attack on the World Trade Center in 1993, as I say.

“After fleeing to the Philippines, he and two other terrorists plotted to kill thousands of Americans by blowing up 12 commercial airliners over the Pacific at the same time. It was known as the Bojinka plot. It was within 2 weeks of being executed when it was discovered and thwarted by Philippine police.

“Interestingly, the terrorist operation, the Bojinka plot, was to take place about the same time as the Oklahoma City Federal building bombing, perhaps on the same day. We don't know. Perhaps we should know. Perhaps we should ask Ramzi Yousef about that.

“Ramzi Yousef has been in Federal prison for over a decade. He is a prisoner with a unique understanding of the al Qaeda terrorist structure. He is the nephew of Khalid Sheik Mohammed, the mastermind of the 9/11 attack on the World Trade Center.

“In 2006, when I was the chairman of the House Oversight Investigations Subcommittee on the Foreign Affairs Committee, I was investigating Yousef's movements and activities not only in the United States but in the Philippines. I even traveled to the Philippines to question authorities who had captured Yousef's roommate and coconspirator in the Bojinka plot.

“In spite of that fact and in spite of the fact that I was looking into Yousef's terrorist activities and in spite of the fact that I had obtained new information about Yousef's phone calls right here in the United States and new information about his associates while he was in the United States, the Department of Justice still dismisses the effort and, more than that, they are obstructing a legitimate congressional investigation, refusing to permit this elected Member of Congress, a ranking member of a congressional investigating committee, to interview a Federal prisoner. They refused access to Yousef claiming that there is a ‘ongoing investigation.’

“This prisoner has been in jail for over 10 years. It is more likely that what we have here is an ongoing coverup and not an ongoing investigation. In fact, I have been told recently by a former member of the Justice Department that they were told routinely simply to give answers that there is an ongoing investigation even if no ongoing investigation was underway, but simply using it as a phrase to dismiss a request from Congress.

“Well, this is outrageous, but it's typical of this administration… Is it really the rules of engagement that we want for our government that Members of Congress and the legislative branch don't have a right to talk to Federal prisoners?

“Well, that's apparently what the Bush administration is trying to establish as the executive authority, as executive authority, the right to deny congressional investigators access to Federal prisoners. The danger of this should be easy to understand, both on my side of the aisle, the Republican side, and the Democratic side of the aisle.”*

In New York City, there is a citizen effort to place on the November 2008 General Election ballot an initiative which will allow the voters of New York City to mandate, through public referendum, directly and democratically, the formation of a new Citizen’s Commission to Re-Investigate 9/11.

Sydney Truth Action of Australia, from March 14th to Sunday 16th March, 2008, will host an International Conference to critically examine the events of 9/11 and Australia’s participation in the War on Terror. Themed- "Did Australia go to war in Iraq and Afghanistan on a false pretext?" the conference will focus on what really occurred on September 11th and what has been done in the name of September 11th by the Australian government. The conference will examine how the US and Australian governments have actively sponsored, or been complicit in the cover-up, of terrorism.

The 9/11 Truth Movement continues to grow, as evidenced by the websites devoted to the issue, the books, documentaries, films, music, art, international conferences, radio programs. A Green Party candidate for President, Cynthia McKinney, although vilified by the corporate press and the Democratic Party, raised the most challenging questions about 9/11 while she was in Congress. Public revelations that the official Report was based upon “tortured confessions” and that the Commissions’ work was directed by Philip Zelikow, author of the “Pre-Emptive War Doctrine” and integral to the National Security transition from the Clinton to Bush White House has fueled doubt in the Commission and demands for a real investigation and government accountability.

*www.fas.org/sgp/congress/2008/rohr022608.html

I had intended to get the press release out on Monday (Friday being the worst day for press releases, but all the immediate demands have kept me from so many tasks. If I don't get to the bank today- my checks will bounce- I've also been needing to go to the Post Office to send out orders. I also need to send out the email on the month's events to the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance and remind folks about the meeting this Thursday in San Francisco. I can't do it all, and on top of that I finally, listened to my phone messages this morning. I have 9 kidney stones including one too large to pass, and the doctor recommends the wave treatment- argh- not today.

March 1, 2008

This past week has been a series of cascading personal disasters/challenges for me... which I don't have the heart or strength to describe, other than to say that I smashed my right thumb which is now immobilized by a splint, and makes it hard for me to do the most mundane things, impossible to do the more urgent, demanding stuff, and frustrated by my limitations. So that is why I missed Friday's Impeachment Rally, or all the other stuff that I should have done. At least, if I'm forced to take a "vacation" from my usual activities, the movements are strong enough to pick up the slack and carry on fine without me.

February 27, 2008

Today I receieved an email from Valentine in Belgium with this note:

Can you help to spread this important event?

A film will follow soon.

Mr Fujita did not know the dollars! But now he does!

He met with Micheal Meacher today.

Lets hope they will make a stand together that can break the silence

Love from Brussel

Valentine

ZERO : Europe for an Independent Inquiry into 9/11

www.markdermul.be/911/zero.htm

BRUSSELS, European Parliament, 26th February 2008.

Mark Dermul www.911belgium.be reporting.

I posted the article on 911blogger.com with photos, perhaps prematurely, as I hadn't received permission, and my husband informed me that reprinting articles (without permission) is in violation of copyright laws... Ooops- not the first time either. However, some articles are so timely, that we do make efforts to get them to the activist community ASAP, and I felt this was a significant event.

I also think that I should concentrate on this country and, in particular, the Congressional District which I reside in, and am running against an incumbent who co-sponsored the Intelligence Reorganization Act, thinks the 9/11 Report was bipartisan and thorough, does not believe in Impeachment, serves as the Chair of the Subcommittee on Intelligence Community Management, and on the House Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence, as well as subcommittees on Energy and Commerce, Health, Telecommunications and the Internet...

However, I am so glad that others are finding the time to travel abroad and speak out for 9/11 Truth- Dr. David Ray Griffin, William, Rodriguez, and the many others going to Australia in March. I greatly appreciate the wonderful Canadians who are organizing a March on Ottawa on September 11th of this year.

The networking and solidarity that is happening internationally strengthens all the local and national efforts here in the US- which hopefully will benefit the whole world, if we can succeed.

My closest ally in the early years was a Canadian, Blaine Machan, our 9/11 Truth artist, who has done the artwork and website for the Deception Dollar, but Blaine has led a different life from mine. He has had to work a real job, fell in love, and is planning on getting married (while my main job besides raising three kids has been my activism), staying in love, maintaining a happy marriage/family. So Blaine, at some point, stopped putting as much time into his website and the movement. I can't keep up with mine, but now I feel compelled to add (especially since Valentine asked us, too, when he ordered the 32,000 Deception Dollars to distribute in Europe- which arived just in time for him to pass them out at the EU Parliament event)...

Links to the European 9/11 Truth websites:

Belgium
www.911belgium.be

Holland
www.onderzoek911.nl
www.volkskrantblog.nl/blog/4786
www.zapruder.nl


France
www.reopen911.info
www.voltairenet.org/fr

I am actually glad that I cannot keep up with all the 9/11 Truth websites, although it does make it harder for us to figure out which websites to include on the Deception Dollars. I keep hoping that we will breakthrough, and not need to reprint them...

February 26, 2008

Chuck and I managed to get to Lofgren's Office on Friday in time for the Impeachment rally- we had the sound system and the Impeachment and 9/11 songs really made it a lot more fun. A group had met with Lofgren earlier in the day and she needs a lot more pushing to sign on to hearings- so we need to increase the pressure.

I heard from the Registrar of Voters, 120 of my signatures were good- so I have until March 7th to get an additional 30 good ones. Today Tian, Chuck and I went to White Plaza at Stanford with banners, a table, cookies, the sound system, passing out Deception Dollars and tried to register students to vote, and locate some Green students. We didn't get anyone registered or signatures on the petition, but we passed out the Dollars and it was great to blast the Impeachment/9-11 Truth songs on campus. We do need to find allies and better outreach opportunities, but it was finally a beautiful sunny day- and we all enjoyed a great hike afterwards.

I am also hoping to figure out how to download sound from the computer and use my ipod- so in addition to music I could play some key speeches. Last night's show on Impeachment and Larry Pinkney's critique of Obama should be heard more widely. The students (mainly all registered Democrats) should have a better idea of Obama's track record. American Blackout is showing in Palo Alto in March. I'd love to make better connections on campus to show films there and bring in speakers- like William Pepper.

Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance received $1150 in generous donations in the past few days. The 32,000 Deception Dollars I sent to Belgium were joyously received in time for the Zero film and Griffin and others presentation today to the European Parliament.

I'm still behind on the bookkeeping, website, DVD orders, my mail, housework, but I am happy to be healthy, and finding balance in my life.

February 22, 2008

Thank-you to the 161 people who signed my petition to get on the ballot, and all those who helped with the phoning, walking, talking and signature gathering! I turned in the signatures yesterday, and I will be on the ballot in November, although I can't promise that I will do much active campaigning- I plan on continuing my "normal organizing" and trying to find balance in my life- staying healthy and happy, so that I can do the work that I am most compelled to do. I'm just so glad the pressure of gathering those signatures is behind me, so that I can get on to other stuff...

Last night I went to the Oakland Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance meeting. Camille was there and passed around the artwork for the new logo for the group, as well as the new informational "Patriots Question 9/11 Card" that she has designed. We voted between 250 and 300 to print cards for local distribution (as well as to slip into DVD cases). We also voted 1200- 1500 to reprint another 1000 Behind Every Terrorist- There is a Bush- which we are almost out of, and to let Tom and others make copies and distribute them for free. We will probably upgrade the next printing- Ken and I will figure out what is best to include in the second half. We had about $4000 in our account and are due to receive 1300 from a large Deception Dollar order from Europe. We discussed international developments- Griffin and Zero at the European Parliament on Feb. 26th, the upcoming Australian 9/11 Truth Tour, a mobilization happening in Canada hoping to march on Ottawa on September 11th with thousands raising the issue of a real investigation, shattering the myth that the Canadian Government has been going along with. Richard Gage is going to LA for a big event on Saturday and passed out a new cd that he did with Bonnie on Guns and Butter. He and Ken are working on doing another presentation for DVD in studio on May 11th. Both Richard and Scott shared stories of their recent accomplishments- which were very impressive and are posted online.

We also voted another $600 to support filmmakers and increase our stock of DVDs- with the sequel to 9/11 Press For Truth- The Family's Voices, The Reflecting Pool, Loose-Change Final Cut, Let's Get Empirical and 9/11 and Nationalist Faith. We also voted $150 for props for the March 15th Peace Rally in Palo Alto- using Jeremy's graphic idea with the key image using the peace sign and the shaft being 9/11 Truth. I'd like to see the other side of the key with a symbol for justice and the shaft saying impeachment- but how much artwork and construction we'll be able to do before March 15th, I don't know. We don't lack ideas... just time.

There were plenty of new developments that we discussed and shared. Paul Rea gave a report on the new Shenon book and Bill gave an overview of the denial of rights to the suspected 9/11 masterminds who would be held indefinitely or killed whether they were innocent or guilty.

Everyone ate all the cookies that I brought to the meeting, and understood why my family thought "feeding them" should be my main priority, and I should let go of the "political work..."

This morning I had a wonderful chat with Larry Pinkney who will be on my radio show on Monday, talking about Movement Building. I've also extended invitations to others, but people are so busy, Larry is the only confirmed guest, so far. If I can get to the Post Office and the bank, soon- I might be able to join the others at Lofgren's for the Impeachment Rally this afternoon. I wish there were more hours in the day. (I do need to buy milk and groceries, too- or I'll get a lot of flak from the family...)

February 17, 2008

I can't keep up with this website and all the work that needs to be done. I feel the pressure of needing 150 signatures by Thursday. I think we've only gathered 100 so far and if people don't call me, help more, come over and sign- soon, well maybe I won't be on the ballot in November and have more time for other things. I was up til midnight last night finishing a review of The Reflecting Pool and trying to post it (better late than never). I was stunned to realize today that it made the headlines of LA Indymedia- so often my articles get censored or buried at those sites (with the exception of Portland- although sometimes I can't get my posts up there either). I hope it helps- the film deserves attention. I did watch the new version and it is better than the one we premiered last September- they dropped the flashes and highlighted the collapse of building #7 and include an excellent commentary with references to the sources in the bonus material. Tomorrow, we'll be going to San francisco for the Impeachment Rallies, and I have preparation work to do for that, plus David Ray Griffin cancelled on me for the February 25th show- so he could catch a plane to Europe where he will be speaking to the European Parliament- which is great, but I am struggling to find replacement guests. So much to do- and not enough time. I'm just really grateful from the help that I have received from Tian, Michael, Arshalos, Dana, Dick, Chuck, Galen, Arlen and Jean chasing down Green Party signatures and to the wonderful people who kindly called me and signed the petitions.

It is always difficult to decide where to spend my time and energy- doing the website, writing and posting articles, talking to people, organizing, creating new materials, promoting the new films, books that have come my way and need to reach a wider audience. I ended up sending out another 100 Christmas letters (revised) in a less than timely fashion.

February 11, 2008

Ooops! In updating this website, I realized I forgot to post updates for tonight's Weather Warfare Show with Jerry Smith. I've just been in triage mode this past week, and still haven't caught up. Jerry was a very articulate, knowledgable guest, though- and I wish I had had time to read both of his books before tonight, but I was overwhelmed trying to get out my mailing, and with all the other stuff I had to do- including working on getting 150 signatures to be on the ballot in November. I had hesitated to tell my family, because I knew they would not approve of me running for Congress, again. I figured it was rather "iffy, too- unlikely that I would be able to gather enough signatures." If anyone can help- there really isn't much time- and I know that I won't be able to do it without help. Last week though, I finally stopped taking the medicine for the kidney stones and began to regain my strength. It was a pleasure to bicycle around the neighborhood and talk to people, while gathering signatures- a wonderful break from working at the computer, and sitting down to get out 300 Christmas letters... So I finally had to confess to the family that I had agreed to run- if we get the signatures. If I don't, that is ok, and I just will do my regular organizing. My top priority is still - balance- remaining healthy, maintaining healthy, happy relationships within my family situation, and "doing the work that I can't resist doing- when I can."

I am heartened by the revelations hitting the NY Times, and NPR challenging Zelikow and the 9/11 Commission Report. I also went to an Impeachment Meeting and it looks like someone else will be running in the Democratic Primary against Pelosi to push her into moving forward with impeachment. (Carol Wolman's campaign has forced her Congress Critter to sign on to support Impeachment Hearings.) Conyers has told activists that he fears "backlash" if he moves to impeach, but I think we need courage, and to continue to put pressure on Congress. The more outrageous the Administration gets- the more we need to do to oppose them loudly and visibly at every level.

Sander Hicks was here for his West Coast Tour, and it was great to reconnect with him and hear him speak. Chuck kept an eye on the table and let me catch some of Sander's talk at Stanford, after the Listening Project theoretically concluded at 1 pm. He even remembered to bring a camera... we usually never take photos of the regular weekly/now monthly actions.


February 11, 2008

February 5, 2008

Ironically, the guest I had hoped to have on my "Psychological Warfare Show" went into panic mode and decided not to "go public" until he gets his book published, which could take a year. At the last minute, I persuaded an old friend of mine, an excellent investigative journalist, Karl Grossman, to be my guest on last night's show. His cover story just came out:


Money Is the Real Green Power:
The hoax of eco-friendly nuclear energy
He also teaches Investigative Journalism and I couldn't resist asking him about whether he taught his students to challenge the big corporate lies- such as "9/11," but he steered clear of 9/11 and focused on his main issue which has been the nuclear issue for over twenty years. He does know his subject and it is unbelievable to me that the nuclear industry believes that they can get away with expanding under the guise of being "clean and green" now... Karl was not optimistic about the public's gullibility.

I was disheartened to see fanatic Hillary Clinton supporters waving their signs at a major intersection as I made my way to the Post Office yesterday. How anyone can fall for the rhetoric of Clinton, Obama, or the Republicans (with the exception of Ron Paul- who at least is anti-war, and anti-imperialism, and is kept out of the corporate press), I don't know. To me the only choices are McKinney or Nader and I would prefer to vote for both of them- they both have proven themselves by word and deed, in my opinion. I might not agree 100% on their strategic decisions, but at least I am confidant that I know which direction they are headed in.

I have been frantically working on lining up guests for the radio show, getting out my Christmas letter, feeding my hungry family, shipping Deception Dollars, going through the 4 foot stacks of unanswered mail that have piled up, housekeeping...

I have also continued to read and research group psychology/Psychological Operations/the history of Public Relations. It is sad to realize how many people have been hoodwinked and that the psyops continue in a much more sophisticated form. But I refuse to be disheartened by the "dumbing down efforts" that seek to control "the masses," I can't believe that people are so incredibly stupid that they cannot discern truth/reality from blatant lies. I believe that truth will triumph, that people are wisening up, that those who seek to kill, control, profit from war and other criminal activities will eventually be held accountable. So, I will continue with my humble efforts at educating myself and the public.

Allan Rees interviewed me for his special Election Night Coverage on-



February 2, 2008

Last night I went to San Francisco for the Reception for Robert Shetterly's exhibition of Americans Who Tell the Truth. Robert and many truth-tellers were there and there was also a great exhibition of art by Youth for Truth, who presented their poems in the adjacent theater space. The event was very well attended and I later went to a dinner party for Robert, his family and some of the organizers and friends. Robert is not only a gifted artist, but a very wonderful person, and a wonderful story-teller. He has continually added to his collection of paintings. I wanted to suggest that he do a portrait of Cynthia McKinney, but he was ahead of me and has already done one!


These paintings are very powerful- See them if you can!

I came home very late last night and decided to change the theme of next week's radio show, because I hadn't heard from the guest who has been working on exposing the Psychological Warfare Operations against the American people. I hope he is ok and that we could reschedule it. Fortunately, an old friend of mine is available on Monday night and has been doing work on exposing the latest hoax financed by the nuclear industry to sell nuclear energy.

January 30, 2008

I am swamped with info, meetings, and posting updates/events, and getting to dentist/doctor appointments, and trying to get my Christmas letter off. I am heartened by the organizing taking place in New York, Los Angeles, and locally (without much help from me). I did a radio interview on the Stanford Radio station on Monday, and hopefully Sander Hicks will do an interview next week, and the time/place of his talk there will be confirmed soon. I'm frustrated by my guest on the next radio show who hasn't sent me a bio and photo, so I have held off updating the site and links. I saw the doctor about my kidney stones today (first time since I left the hospital in December) and was reminded that I have to take care of myself, before I can begin to catch up on all the other things that I wish I could do.

January 27, 2008

Preparing for the radio show, research, and two sick kids kept me busy last week, as well as baking LOTS of cookies for the Independent Media Strategy Summit which I just returned from.

I need to type in my notes from the last group I was with, before I had to take Sarah Van Gelder to the airport. Unfortunately that particular group was a working group to achieve one of the major goals of the conference- an Independent Media Network with truthful, reliable, public serving news... Sarah mentioned that if we had started that meeting this morning we probably could have hammered something out, but we could only begin the task in a very short 45 minutes/hour, but we had some awesome people in the group and if we could collaborate to any degree, better than we have before that would be something.

Checking the website, again, I am amazed and impressed by the interactivisty aspects of it, maybe we could just evolve that into whatever we have money, time, talent, technology for, in an organic manner.

I must admit that I probably knew at least 50-100 people who attended the Summit which was a blessing and a curse, as catching up with friends also reduced the amount of time to meet other people, but I could not resist the rare opportunity either of seeing people that I love whom I almost only see at events such as these. The time passed all too quickly, however, and we will see what the ripple effect will be as the new relationships develop. I do have great respect for all those who came drawn broadly by shared goals, despite a real difference in viewpoint and strategical assessment of the current political situation, and the most urgent demands at this time. In the brief report back time that I was there (missing the finale because of the flight's timing) someone presented a two minute synopsis of "Personal Development"- the abc's of enlightenment- a gentle, delightful, reminder of honoring and accepting the moment. Like me, if the conference can achieve 2% of the stated goals, it should rest content- it will have made a significant contribution towards our collective enlightenment, survival and evolution.

January 18, 2008

I overdid it on Tuesday and was feeling too ill to work (cook, read...). I was better yesterday and able to attend the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance meeting, and get to the Grand Lake Theater to get a couple copies of the film they were premiering- Uncounted and give them a case of Election Deception Dollars.

I have a lot of work to do this morning and a dentist appointment, so don't have time to detail the entire meeting, but we did vote to support Sander Hicks visit/an event/party, give $250 to Cam to design a logo, give $100 to Jeremy Begin to print cards promoting a book signing February 22, 7 pm at Book Zoo, 6395 Telegraph Ave. for his great book- Fighting for G.O.D. (Gold, Oil and Drugs).

About eight of us will be attending the Media Strategy Summit in Santa Cruz at the end of the month. We voted to ask Brian not to attend meetings or be on committees- which was the most emotional, painful part of the meeting for most of us. I can't handle the emotional abuse.

A welcome new face at the meeting was Max from truthmove.org who is relocating to the Bay Area. Richard Gage also shared his great news of lots of speaking engagements and passed out some dramatic new bumper stickers for ae911truth.org that Cam designed.

Tian took some great photos at the-

Impeachment Rally at Pelosi's office last Monday, January 14th

(click on photo to see more images)

January 14, 2008

Although I am not fully recovered, and don't have my usual strength, I have been so busy these past 4 days. On Friday, I loaded the car, set up in Downtown Palo Alto with the Listening Project/9-11 Visibility Action (with the help of my dear friend- Chuck Millar), on Saturday Chuck and I went to the Strategy Meeting for Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance, on Sunday we (Chuck, Gerry Gras, Dana St. George and I) helped with the Green Party 'Presidential Debate That Matters' at the Herbst Theater in San Francisco, today we (Chuck, Gerry Gras, Dana St. George, Tian Harter and I) delivered over 8,000 letters and 3000 signatures to Pelosi's office demanding impeachment, with Cindy Sheehan, Cynthia McKinney and other activists (Including John Wright, Gordon Wright, Jody Paulson, Brad Newsham, Nancy Papermaster...). I just interviewed Sander Hicks and posted some details of the upcoming radio show with Steve Alten, author of The Shell Game.

I've had such amazing conversations with a wide variety of people in the last several days, and feel more hopeful than ever, despite the looming threats of disaster- manmade and otherwise.

Driving back and forth to San Francisco (for three days in a row), the conversations were very wide ranging and Gerry Gras (longtime activist) mused "what makes a person become an activist?" The Green Party candidates for President, each had their own amazing personal history and a deeper grasp of history than the average "Joe." Gerry thought maybe it was genetic... their parents were community leaders, engaged in the larger social justice struggle, they fought the new battles... I suggested "spirit," that innate energy we possess which can be nurtured, crushed, broken, but also connects us to every living thing, each of us a unique moment in time and space, but also open and touched by all the larger forces surrounding us, and called upon to do whatever we can do, wherever we are, depending on the needs of the moment and our awareness or connection with the larger whole. Our awareness of Death makes life all the more precious and helps us to appreciate the moment, even more. I think my greatest frustration will always be my human limitations, but it is very consoling and energizing to know how many wonderful amazing "kindred spirits"there are who share the reverence for Life, and will overcome anything that Fear throws our way. I just wish my organizing and communication skills were better. I still can't find phone numbers and addresses, and wonder if I'll be able to get the Christmas letter out with so many other responsibilities, work demands upon me.

January 10, 2008

I'm still catching up on "the work- website, banking, organizing..." and haven't had a chance to really process and convey all the info that has been thrown at me. There are multiple major strategy conferences taking place this month in the Bay Area, and I can't possibly go to all of them, which is a good sign- there is probably more activism happening now than in any other time in history. People are beginning to wake up. A shift is happening, and navigating the rapids of change is one of the challenges that we all must face.



Ten years ago, I was organizing the first Gathering to Transform the Global Economy in the Santa Cruz Mountains. That conference seeded some powerful ideas, connections, collaborations, and in 2000, I redirected my energies towards getting North Americans to the first World Social Forum (in January 2001), which has now evolved into a decentralized global organizing opportunity. Our -



is very much in alignment with the World Social Forum's purpose and processes. I called to volunteer to help with logistical stuff, since I'm not actually on the organizing committee and know how much work is involved in trying to pull off conferences. Media and communications are such a key part of the systemic transformations that we need. I can't help but be involved, and wish I had more time to do more.

Over the Christmas holidays, I read Lew Paz's book Pushing Ultimates- Fundamentals of Authentic Self Knowledge, an excellent look at one man's 40 + year journey into self-understanding and the perennial wisdom, philosophers, scientific discoveries, recent New Age/Spiritual movements of our time. I also began a trilogy of books, The Manipulated Mind, Battle for the Mind, and New World, New Mind that I got from John Leonard. I have always seen parallels between the individual, the family, the political system, but I hadn't read the detailed studies on how to "brainwash, condition" minds, nor realized how "contagious" beliefs were from one individual to a larger group of people. All the books force one to question the assumptions that have been laid down upon us by family and culture and reexamine them. The recent books- The Shock Doctrine and The End of America which I haven't read, but have heard a great deal about do show how the methods of brainwashing can be applied on a larger scale to a whole society to change their thinking patterns and belief systems. Almost every person, except possibly the insane or the ultra-enlightened, can be psychologically broken down when subjected to multiple shocks, stresses, including being deprived of food and sleep. Resiliency to endure psychological assaults isn't obtained through intellectual understanding, but is forged over a lifetime.

Peggy Holman's observation that the most personal experience is the most universal... strikes me as incredibly true, especially reading about the responses of people to torture, and captivity during war. Pavlov also wrote extensively about the "paradoxical transformation" that occurred in animals (the dogs he studied) when exposed to life threatening trauma. It made me think of my own "uncharacteristic behavior" last December, a few days before I went into the hospital, when I woke up feeling horribly ill, with an awful headache. I couldn't figure out what was wrong and I just desperately wanted to stop the pain. I thought maybe since emotions affect the body, perhaps the pain was because I was holding onto so much anger and that that was what was making me sick, and I ended up calling the person who I was most furious at. When Pavlov's dogs almost drowned due to flooding, he mentioned how their whole personalities switched and how they suddenly attacked those they used to like and favored those whom they used to dislike. In the books it shows that people can be their own worst enemy in their longing for approval, affection, desire to please, meet expectations, conform to a group, obey authority, abdicate personal responsibility.

I remember being confronted by a distraught woman, after I made a short announcement (alluding to the truth about 9/11) at a big event on "Non-Violence" at Stanford University. She basically charged me with shattering her worldview, disrupting her peace of mind, with my few spoken sentences. I felt a huge wave of emotion from her hit me, and I remembered how I felt after seeing Oliver Stone's film, JFK, and the six month soul searching, political research, personal transformation process that I went through during that time. Shattering the comforting myths laid down since childhood, will cause people sleepless nights, anxiety, stress... People can torture themselves far more effectively than sadistic jailers.

While I believe that Truth and perceiving reality, as best we can, is our best hope individually and collectively, I can also have compassion and understand that the process will be difficult and challenging for many, and that it will take time.

January 7, 2008

I can't believe how quickly the days go by! I've been working on tonight's radio show, and haven't had time to update the calendar, do the vital bookkeepping, get to the bank/Post Office or catch up on my phone calls/mail since we returned from Canada. I did write my annual Christmas Letter to Family and Friends, but I don't know if I'll be able to get it printed, and get it into the mail with so many events coming up this month, and I'm feeling the pressure to "clean the house" and might actually have to go shopping (horror of horrors- I hate shopping), but my jeans and our curtains are so full of holes- it's too embarrassing now to ignore.

Sibel Edmonds revelations are coming out in the UK if not in the US. I've been processing lots of books and films and need to write some reviews when the exigencies of the day are less demanding. I did read Steve Alten's The Shell Game and posted a quick review on Amazon and will have Steve on my radio show on January 21st- Martin Luther King's birthday. While it seems I have been speaking out for years, the urgency for for all of us to speak out and force a change in direction of this nation and the world's political direction has never been greater.

December 23, 2007

I am unable to process and disseminate all the stuff coming my way and am going to take some time off to be with the family and hopefully get well. I updated the calendar and will resume my radio show in January with folks working on Impeachment. I hope everyone supports Wexler's efforts to get hearings going. He's got over 100,000 signed up so far- hopefully over a million will force the media to take notice.

We must organize resistance faster than they can organize repression and they are moving awfully fast. The ACLU has been trying to expose the-

Fusion Centers
It is an ominous development- pure fascism.

From the ACLU website:

"A new institution is emerging in American life: Fusion Centers. These state, local and regional institutions were originally created to improve the sharing of anti-terrorism intelligence among different state, local and federal law enforcement agencies. Though they developed independently and remain quite different from one another, for many the scope of their mission has quickly expanded­with the support and encouragement of the federal government­to cover "all crimes and all hazards." The types of information they seek for analysis has also broadened over time to include not just criminal intelligence, but public and private sector data, and participation in these centers has grown to include not just law enforcement, but other government entities, the military and even select members of the private sector."

This is reminiscent of the part of the film The Corporation where the players in the NSA, alphabet soup agencies, are the big multinational companies who the government is working for.

December 20, 2007

There is no way that I'll be up to getting to tonight's Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance meeting, but I did try to add links and photos to the


San Francisco Tea Party for 9/11 Truth webpage

I included links to both slideshows, the video posted by the SF Chronicle, links to various articles, and video/photos from Boston, LA, Cincinatti, Milwaukee, and Minnesota. I wish I could do more, but I don't have that much strength, and I still have to do dishes, laundry, take care of a sick child, cook, and get well.

December 19, 2007

On Monday night, just before my radio show, I began feeling violently ill. I tried to do the show anyway, but felt worse and worse. I threw up all of my dinner and was in extreme pain. I felt badly for my guest, Vanessa German, but I finally had to give up, and let the station go ahead with a rerun. To make a long story short, my husband took care of me, finally called 911 and the paramedics came and took me by ambulance to the Emergency Room of Stanford Hospital where I was diagnosed with a kidney stone. They held me until I could keep down water and food and had the pain under control. I was released this morning, but I am still weak and doubt if I'll be able to catch up with my e-mail, let alone phone calls, regular mail, for awhile. I will probably miss the regular northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance meeting tomorrow, too. The doctors hope that I will be able to pass the stone, without medical intervention (besides all the medicines that they have proscribed for me). My husband thinks it is obvious that I need a real vacation, and I feel so weak now, that I am inclined to agree with him. I think I've done what I could do, and its time to pass the baton onto others. (at least for the next month).

December 16, 2007, the 234th Anniversary of the Boston Tea Party

Part of me is sure that I was absolutely insane to agree to organize the Oakland Premiere of Loose Change, and then add on the San Francisco Premiere, as well. There just wasn't enough time to do the outreach, organizing, publicity. I counted on the Loose Change guys to help somewhat with promotion- add the premieres to their website, send an email to their list, but they didn't send out an email until 2:30 pm on the afternoon of the second premiere, and I don't think the website ever mentioned that Dylan and Jason with Remo would be at the San Francisco Premiere. That said, I'm still glad we did it. About 150 people came to the Victoria Theatre last night. This time Remo Conscious and his band performed onstage with the video of the San Francisco and Boston Tea Parties as a backdrop to the music. The stunning replicas earmarked for the Bay- The Patriot Act, The Military Commissions Act, HR 1955- the Violent Radicalization and Homegrown Terrorism Prevention Act, Presidential Directive #51, and the July 17, 2007 Executive Order flanked the stage. Dylan and Jason each had a chance to speak before and after the film. Everyone thought the film was great and people stayed late to ask questions and socialize. I didn't get home until past one am and had to get up at 7:30 am to reload my car for the Tea Party.

I was overjoyed to see Scott waiting for me to help me unload the awning, tables, cookies, handouts, sound system... We set up and prayed others would arrive in time for us to make it to Pier 39 by noon. John, Ken and Jason stopped by and picked up Scott and the sound system, leaving Ken to mind homebase. I tried to catch up with everyone on foot, passing out Deception Dollars and the beautiful Impeachment Cards, with an abbreviated text of our proclamation:



I came across a huge group of folks with the giant replica of the 9/11 Report with the big holes in it well before Pier 39, apparently the police had blocked off Pier 39 and were threatening to arrest anyone on the sidewalk or the parks or anywhere near the pier. I can't believe that even the sidewalks are not "public" and that we have no right to "free speech" on them. I guess in San Francisco, the use of public space is severely restricted and all musicians and artists must get permits for their little space of sidewalk and to hawk their talents. Rather than infringe upon the musician who was doing his thing in front of the replica, I took the sound system across the street- where there wasn't a crowd, to, at least, read the proclamation. A small crowd gathered as I read, and three quarters of the way through the proclamation the Pier 39 Security tried to shut me up and call the SFPD to arrest me. He made enough noise that I went back across the street to where the replica was and finished reading the proclamation and passed on the microphone. By that time we had quite a few videographers, photographers, supporters, press, and the strength of numbers. Bill Veale, Dylan Avery, Jeremy Begin, Cam, Jason Bermas spoke on the various pieces of legislation that we wished to reject and toss into the Bay. At one pm we began our march westward, pausing to read the proclamation again for the tourists, and local folk, and allow the giant replica to catch up with us. I didn't do a nose count. Some folks were in costume, and many weren't, we had pirates in purple and pink, fabulous banners, signs, the many replicas atop tall poles. If the press or anyone was looking for us, we would have been hard to miss. Amazingly the only time the police didn't bother us was when we were forced to take to the streets with the giant replica- to avoid smashing awnings over the sidewalks.

When we reached Hyde Street Pier we were intercepted by the Federal Park Security who granted us a temporary permit and then promptly revoked it. At one of our meetings someone had volunteered to apply for a permit, but he never actually followed through. The Park Security basically said we could go out on the Municipal Pier, as long as we had no signs and could only throw one object (not the many that we intended to throw into the Bay) off the pier. Since our last Tea Party, they had also constructed a large gate which they threatened to lock to keep us off the pier.

Although I gave the Feds my contact info (like last year- same info), I tried to step back at that point and let Jeremy and John make the decisions on how to proceed. There was a committee working on the Tea Party, but I knew that I didn't want the leadership role, and they had agreed to take it on.

We all followed the giant replica up the hill and they parked it at the park with the cable car turnaround and a fabulous view of the Bay, the three masted Balcutha, Alcatraz, and a somewhat captive audience, as it is a long wait for the cable car. Jodie read the proclamation. We had more speeches. Ken Jenkins was very articulate and brief in a damning condemnation of the 9/11 Report. More press, videographers, photographers and another crowd gathered. There was a slight ruckus with the performing artists who felt we were encroaching on their livelihood, but they graciously quieted when we gave them a few twenty dollar bills.

We had such a mixed reaction from the tourists. Some obviously disapproved of us and were absolutely closed to the information, others were very curious and delighted to accept our handouts, and some were hungry for more information.

We were fortunate with the weather- it wasn't as windy or as cold as last year. The sky was cloudy, but dramatic and beautiful. We had enough people to carry the signs, props, banners, push and pull the giant replica, until the right wheel gave way one hundred feet short of the Municipal Pier. The decision was made to toss in the smaller replica, again. Many of the props and banners were left behind and about fifty of us trekked out to the end of the pier for a final reading of the proclamation, the ceremonious tossing of the 9/11 Commission Report replica into the Bay. Although we didn't have the television coverage like we did last year, we did have the Examiner, the SF Chronicle, and a few other print reporters there.

There was an "After Tea Party Party" at the local tavern, down the road, which I missed, as I had to pack up all the stuff, load my car, and get home in time to feed my family. I was very grateful to all the people who came and participated, and spoke, and brought signs, and helped, and tabled (THANK-YOU Diane!!!!), and helped me pack up and load my car. There was so much work that went into the event, the art, the proclamation, the publicity- it just wouldn't have happened without so many people putting forward their time, creativity, energy. Scott gave me the wonderful Impeachment banner that Sandy designed for our next Impeachment actions, although since I'm closer to Zoe Lofgren's Office- I think it should be used more in San Francisco to target Pelosi. It is heartening to know that there are efforts to move forward with Impeachment Hearings in the Judiciary Committee now. Wexler has received over 67,000 emails in support of hearings- add your voice to the demands for impeachment at- wexlerwantshearings.com. I hope the Boston, L.A., Cincinnati, Milwaukee Tea Parties went well, and hope that our efforts find support amongst more Americans and encourage them to add their voices to ours.

December 13, 2007

Yesterday I tried not to panic or get too stressed; it's always a challenge when organizing an event. The premiere was especially difficult because we simply did not have enough lead time to do the normal stuff- psa's, calendar listings, and not enough time to get the film to reviewers for reviews in the local papers, although I had hoped that there would be something in the East Bay Express- and there was absolutely nothing. I was surprized that Cheryl Eddy at the San Francisco Bay Guardian did find time to review it and include it in Rep Picks

"Loose Change Final Cut All but the most completely gullible can agree there was more to Sept. 11 than meets the officially-sanctioned-version-of-events eye. The third and purportedly final version of Dylan Avery, Jason Bermas, and Korey Rowe's doc — a carefully edited array of news footage and government hearings, plus some original interviews — scrolls through the tragedy event by event, raising questions about what may or may not have happened. Some are obvious and valid: why didn't any fighter jets intercept the hijacked planes before they crashed? Some are a little harder to get behind — despite plenty of eyewitness testimony, Loose Change suggests the Pentagon explosion wasn't caused by a plane crash. But even if you don't agree that everything presented here is hard evidence, the film provides plenty of food for thought — and not merely crazy-eyed conspiracy-theory thought either. Proceeds from screenings benefit the Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance and the FealGood Foundation. (2:00) Grand Lake, Victoria. (Eddy)"

Our large ad also came out in the SFBG, and they published Sandy's great Impeachment art and a hit piece on the San Francisco Tea Party entitled Pollution for truth? Egads!.

We had no idea what our turnout would be like and I was somewhat horrified when I arrived at the Grand Lake Theater to not even see Loose Change up on the marquee. We did manage to get it up on the marquee within an hour with the help of the theater staff and our volunteers- even Dylan helped hold the ladder. There was a lot of equipment to set up for Remo Conscious and his band. Fortunately, Remo was there and had things under control technically. Dylan was early, as well, but informed me that Jason missed a plane and would be there late. There was a slight flurry of panic, as we tried to figure out how to get a copy of the DVD for the showing. We actually ended up using a copy that someone had brought to be autographed, less than ten minutes before the program began. Luckily we got a DVD of the Boston Tea Party Tuesday, which gave Ken Jenkins time to edit a 15 minute segment of the Boston and San Francisco Tea Parties, which we ran, while Remo sang.

I don't think the Loose Change guys ever emailed their list about the premieres, and on their website, as of today, there is still no mention that they will be at the premiere in San Francisco.

We had about 150 people in the audience, including Richard Gage, Mickey Huff, Paul Rae, Scott Page, the hard core members of the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance. Everyone liked the film and Dylan fielded Q & A afterwards and was heaped with praises. Jason Bermas arrived during the screening and basically stayed in the lobby to table DVDs, T shirts, hats, and talk to people. The poor guy had a long day- over 12 hours catching planes and waiting in airports.

I wore my costume to the event and pitched the Tea Party before I introduced Dylan and when we stalled a bit to allow 40 people in line to get into the theater. The audience was very friendly and receptive and lingered until 11pm to socialize. I brought cookies and they were a hit.

I just hope that we have a better turnout on Saturday in San Francisco, so that we "break even." Although if we don't break even, then I'll have a better excuse to slow down, say no, and not try to pull off another event on incredibly short notice. I must have been temporarily insane when I agreed to do this, but it did seem like a good idea at the time, and regardless of how it turns out financially, I think we should support the film and film makers who have done so much to build the truth movement. Dylan put forward the idea of converging on Washington DC on September 11th 2008- and that was well received.

December 10, 2007

I've had my hands full with organizing the Loose Change Premieres and the Tea Party. Scott's sister, Sandy, together with Scott, came up with some fantastic art for our Tea Party action:


San Francisco Tea Party for 9/11 Truth
Sunday, December 16, 2007, on the 234th Anniversary of the Boston Tea Party

Camille and Sandy have also been working on a big ad for the SFBG and club cards to pass out at the Tea Party. Richard filled the house in Santa Rosa for his recent talk. So much info is coming out right now.

Bill, John, Bernie and I tabled and leafletted at the KPFA Holiday Crafts Fair Saturday and Sunday and got a good response from the people there. We still have lots of cards and posters to get out. Dylan is arriving today and he'll be on my radio show tonight. Tomorrow, the 11th, I'll be doing my Listening Project in Palo Alto, but in addition to Market and Powell, the guys are planning on targeting the Moscone Center during the lunch break of the American Geophysical Union conference.

I wish we had more time, but it slips by so fast, and so many tasks left undone. I just hope people will respond to the Tea Party idea and, like last year, come up with costumes, musical instruments, props, signs, and join us. I'm still worried about logistics- like fishing the props out of the drink...

December 4, 2007

I've been in triage mode working on the premieres for Loose Change - Final Cut, and I was gone for 4 days to a continuation of the Storyfield Conference. I can't keep up with the website, the radio show, the work, the phone calls, the e-mails... and had to book airline tickets and am in the process of figuring out how to include Remo, the very talented musician, who did the soundtrack for Loose Change, in the shows. He's actually local- but the tricky part is getting the sound equipment set up and moved- in a timely fashion, and he needs to see if the rest of the band is available Saturday night, too. Plus Jason is coming instead of Korey and not all the correct info went out on the press advisories, posters, cards, mailing... I think we are trying to do the impossible- too much, in too little time. the only way that we're going to pull this off- is with a lot of help! But I think people are with us, support what we are doing, and that we should pull in the support we need. I hope so!

November 25, 2007

Organizing the Loose Change Premiere and the San Francisco Tea Party has been agonizingly slow, but I've updated the website, art for the card is ready to go as soon as we get word on whether or not other premieres will happen during the little window of opportunity. The press needs review copies of the DVD ASAP- if we're going to get any reviews or press.

A lengthy article, worth reading appeared on the Dissident Voice website:

Averting World War III,
Ending Dollar Hegemony
and US Imperialism

by Rohini Hensman / November 16th, 2007

Despite some good articles, the website is horrific on the issue of 9/11 Truth.

I was also informed of a new "non-corporate, non-government news site" which holds great promise called The Real News Network. I don't know if they are going to touch 9/11 Truth or not, but it would be good to try to win them over.

I am totally drowning in work, but I'm glad I took some time off the last few days to be with my family, friends, and sneak in a couple of hikes to maintain my health and sanity. I don't think I'll ever be able to catch up with the work.

November 22, 2007

I received a request from Ohio for some Election Deception Dollars for a press conference they held yesterday. They didn't get them on time, but improvised fabulously.

My thanks to all my family, my friends, my fellow activists, all the people who love and cherish life and make the efforts to bring joy, love, health, justice, peace to the world.


I'll be doing a radio show on Election fraud and how to change the system on December 3rd.

November 20, 2007

Janette hosted a wonderful party on Saturday night. I tried to "not turn it into a meeting," but it was great to be able to have vital conversations to move forward our plans for December and also to learn a bit more about one another. I won't mention names, but someone admitted that they were probably the only person in the room to have experienced "waterboarding" and torture, at the hands of the government, as part of his military training- I would never have guessed that! Don Spark, whom we awarded a "2007 Heroic Citizen for Impeachment Award" joined us and mentioned he was leaving his activist mode to get a job in the more normal world and I said that I wished we could get him to work for us. He's a very skilled, talented organizer, and has many basic skills that I totally lack. I think he appreciates what we do and is in alignment with our mission and could be tempted, if we could actually figure out how to hire him. I hope we can, since we have so much work to do, and I know I can't do it all. Part of the challenge is simply coordinating and making use of the volunteers who do want to help and contribute, but don't know how to plug in, and of course the hardest part is communications- within the group, with the press and the public, which is so dependent on our various abilities- with computers, writing, artwork, film-making, musical, theatrical talents...

We don't have much time to organize a premiere of Loose Change, and the Tea Party, and John Parulis suggested that we hold an event where Sibel Edmonds could speak out with Daniel Ellsberg and Dennis Kucinich. I can see us doing something like that, if they were in favor, and trusted our ability to reach the public, bypassing the corporate controlled mainstream press, but time is a limiting factor. The Impeachment activists also are urging me to help organize a big Impeachment Forum in San Jose. With Thanksgiving and Christmas coming up, I don't see how we can pull off all the events that we would like to make happen- without a tremendous amount of concentrated effort on the part of the activist community.

It is heartening to get emails announcing great new websites and entities like Musicians for 9/11 Truth and a campaign for Black Friday- A Shopping Boycott From November 23rd- Christmas against the villainous corporations "to Impeach the Bush Administration, End the War in the Middle East, Eliminate Poverty, Crime, Hunger and Environmental Destruction Through Economic Resistance." Give money and time to the Resistance- don't buy corporate junk.

Sadly Brian is putting all his energy into counterproductive attacks, and I am doing my best to ignore him, and not let bother me, and I try to channel my anger into something productive like the work at hand.

The Loose Change Film-Makers are enthusiastic about coming to the Bay Area for premieres of their film and to participate in the San Francisco Tea Party for Truth, we would like to coordinate showings from Santa Cruz, to Oakland, San Franciso, and Marin, if possible- to get maximum publicity of their film, our issues, the Tea Party, while they are out here. To coordinate with us- contact Loose Change directly or me, if you can find a Theater/Venue between the 11th and the 17th of December.

Yesterday, we had a demo in front of Zoe Lofgren's San Jose office, and hope to push her into supporting Impeachment, but she was one of the co-sponsors of the horrific- H.R.1955 - Violent Radicalization and Homegrown Terrorism Prevention Act of 2007. This piece of legislation was written about in this Baltimore Sun article entitled :

Here come the thought police

By Ralph E. Shaffer and R. William Robinson
November 19, 2007

With overwhelming bipartisan support, Rep. Jane Harman's "Violent Radicalization and Homegrown Terrorism Prevention Act" passed the House 404-6 late last month and now rests in Sen. Joe Lieberman's Homeland Security Committee. Swift Senate passage appears certain.

Not since the "Patriot Act" of 2001 has any bill so threatened our constitutionally guaranteed rights.

The historian Henry Steele Commager, denouncing President John Adams' suppression of free speech in the 1790s, argued that the Bill of Rights was not written to protect government from dissenters but to provide a legal means for citizens to oppose a government they didn't trust. Thomas Jefferson's Declaration of Independence not only proclaimed the right to dissent but declared it a people's duty, under certain conditions, to alter or abolish their government.

In that vein, diverse groups vigorously oppose Ms. Harman's effort to stifle dissent. Unfortunately, the mainstream press and leading presidential candidates remain silent.

Ms. Harman, a California Democrat, thinks it likely that the United States will face a native brand of terrorism in the immediate future and offers a plan to deal with ideologically based violence.

But her plan is a greater danger to us than the threats she fears. Her bill tramples constitutional rights by creating a commission with sweeping investigative power and a mandate to propose laws prohibiting whatever the commission labels "homegrown terrorism."

The proposed commission is a menace through its power to hold hearings, take testimony and administer oaths, an authority granted to even individual members of the commission - little Joe McCarthys - who will tour the country to hold their own private hearings. An aura of authority will automatically accompany this congressionally authorized mandate to expose native terrorism.

Ms. Harman's proposal includes an absurd attack on the Internet, criticizing it for providing Americans with "access to broad and constant streams of terrorist-related propaganda," and legalizes an insidious infiltration of targeted organizations. The misnamed "Center of Excellence," which would function after the commission is disbanded in 18 months, gives the semblance of intellectual research to what is otherwise the suppression of dissent.

While its purpose is to prevent terrorism, the bill doesn't criminalize any specific conduct or contain penalties. But the commission's findings will be cited by those who see a terrorist under every bed and who will demand enactment of criminal penalties that further restrict free speech and other civil liberties. Action contrary to the commission's findings will be interpreted as a sign of treason at worst or a lack of patriotism at the least.

While Ms. Harman denies that her proposal creates "thought police," it defines "homegrown terrorism" as "planned" or "threatened" use of force to coerce the government or the people in the promotion of "political or social objectives." That means that no force need actually have occurred as long as the government charges that the individual or group thought about doing it.

Any social or economic reform is fair game. Have a march of 100 or 100,000 people to demand a reform - amnesty for illegal immigrants or overturning Roe v. Wade - and someone can perceive that to be a use of force to intimidate the people, courts or government.

The bill defines "violent radicalization" as promoting an "extremist belief system." But American governments, state and national, have a long history of interpreting radical "belief systems" as inevitably leading to violence to facilitate change.

Examples of the resulting crackdowns on such protests include the conviction and execution of anarchists tied to Chicago's 1886 Haymarket Riot. Hearings conducted by the House Un-American Activities Committee for several decades during the Cold War and the solo hearings by a member of that committee's Senate counterpart, Joseph McCarthy, demonstrate the dangers inherent in Ms. Harman's legislation.

Ms. Harman denies that her bill is a threat to the First Amendment. It clearly states that no measure to prevent homegrown terrorism should violate "constitutional rights, civil rights or civil liberties."

But the present administration has demonstrated, in its response to criticism regarding torture, that it can't be trusted to honor those rights.

Ralph E. Shaffer, professor emeritus of history at California State Polytechnic University, Pomona, and R. William Robinson, an elected director of a Southern California water district, wrote this article for the History News Service.

Copyright © 2007, The Baltimore Sun

I'm certainly glad this article made it into print, but I don't think we have a chance of stopping this from passing. Only impeachment and a reversal of this Administration's policies could change the current trajectory. Hillary Clinton is the darling of the War Mongerers and has no intention of changing the direction that this country is going, if elected, and I am afraid that is the case with all of Congress unless they give in to enormous public pressure which we must drum up through our actions, our own media, until we so saturate the consciousness of the public that the mainstream press is forced to abandon its most egregious lies and begin acknowledging the criminal truth about those wielding government power. However they might not ever do that, and so then it will be up to us, to make them irrelevant, and strengthen the public voice and power.

I really enjoyed my conversation/interview with Frank Morales last night on the radio show and am inspired to know that he is an integral part of the New York 9/11 Truth Movement.

The conference that I'm going to at the end of the month is a continuation of the Storyfield Conference, and is about empowering people to get their positive visions for themselves and humanity out. My friend Tom Atlee sent this link-www.movementvisionlab.org- to a great little video called "A Tale of Power and Vision" which attempts to do just that. It's a wonderful metaphor- looking at how we can get from where we are- to where we want to be in the future.

November 16, 2007

I was so busy yesterday, making plane reservations, taking Jeremy to the orthodontist, feeding him, before he had to leave for the play he's working on at school, and I couldn't get a straight answer from Brian as to whether or not he was going to the meeting, so I could figure out carpooling with Chuck and whether I needed to write a letter or not to the group. Fortunately, Chuck called Brian, received assurance that he wouldn't go to the meeting- so I went.

We were late, (I had to feed Daniel, Jean-Luc, Chuck and I, too). Kai facilitated, lots of people were there, including some new faces, and we got a lot done, and it felt like we did some group healing, too.

Becky from Code Pink shared a 9/11 Truth Impeachment Carol that she had written which bouyed all of our spirits. It's great when the Raging Grannies and Code Pink are carrying our messages out into the world. John Wright stepped forward to shoulder the Tea Party, along with Jeremy and Scott, and I'm going to help, although I need some help with web graphics to get up the webpage and a 2007 banner.

Ken also mentioned that Loose Change- Final Cut was something we could all support and the group voted $1000 towards the Tea Party and $2000 towards a premiere of Loose Change at the Grand Lake Theater. Allen said we could have the theater on December 12th, but I still need to connect with the Loose Change guys and work out the details.

There was a lot of discussion, news, revelations from witnesses interviewed by Architects and Engineers for 9/11 Truth. Janette also invited everyone to her fundraising party, to make up for the money she put into the Arizona Conference that was not reimbursed by Kent. The group voted $3000 to help make up for the bulk of the loss. They also gave me $300 to cover the PR guy I hired to help me out for the Rodriguez event, and $200 for Cosmos for TruthAction.org stickers and $100 for Camille to come up with art for a new card for TruthAction.org. So now we don't have much money left, and lots of work to do.

Today, Camille and I made it to San Jose for the action against Jeppeson, the travel agency that facilitates rendition (torture) flights for the CIA. There were over a hundred people from the Peace, Justice, Impeachment community. I saw lots of old friends. I hurriedly made a sign that said:

WHY TORTURE?
To frighten civilians into
silence and submission
TORTURERS
ARE
TERRORISTS

Suddenly, I am overwhelmed again- with committments for rallies, actions, events, and another small conference at the end of the month, and not enough time to even post all the events on this website. So much for my break..

November 13, 2007

My family is very happy that I have switched from doing the Listening Project on a weekly basis to every month. The conflict which is keeping me away from doing 9/11 street actions and probably the next meeting, is also giving me time and energy to do other things in life- like spending more time with my kids, husband, and friends, and attending Impeachment meetings and the Veterans for Peace meeting.

Here are some key points that I gathered from the Impeachment meeting-

General Info-

Best Impeachment News Sources- www.afterdowningstreet.org, rawstory.com (also impeachforpeace.org )

Great Impeachment Resource Site Phil Burk's site- www.impeachbush.tv
Includes section on How to and Why

87 towns have voted for impeachment
11 state have introduced legislation at the state level to push for impeachment, Vermont succeeded at passing legislation at the state level.

Procedures-
What are impeachable offenses? Broad range- but hard to get public support for violation of international law, even though violation of treaties falls under "a violation of the US Constitution." (Politically so many are against the UN that the argument doesn't fly.)
High Crimes- undermining rights and specific statutes. Now they are trying to retroactively change laws that they have blatantly violated. Undermining FISA law.
Lying to Congress to go to war is FRAUD. Lying to Congreess should be a major reason for Impeachment, and very provable. Many examples of half truths that Bush and Cheney have told to sell the war/make the case for the war on Iraq, for example.

Impeachment Movement- was in a lull. The Movement turned a corner when Kucinich introduced it and Hoyer tried to table it.

Congressman Wexler is the new hero, who wants impeachment hearings in the Judiciary Committee. Earlier he wanted to push for impeachment of both Cheney and Bush, but came up with censure instead. He's from West Palm Beach, Florida. He can speak to progressives and conservatives- needs help and support. Kucinich's bill (House Resolution 333) was languishing in committee. It now has a new number - House Resolution 799- and new life.

Key people for us to pressure- Zoe Lofgren (on the Judiciary Committee) and Nancy Pelosi (most powerful person in Congress- and in our own backyard).

How? Multiple possibilities- maybe can do all of them, and encourage others to be creative and come up with even better ones....

John Conyers is the key person actually scheduling hearings, needs visible support, pressure to do the right thing.

Suggestion- send him flowers, books, letters, messages.

Grasssroots- letter writing campaign (worked with Lynn Woolsey). Handwritten letters are many, many, many times more effective than just petitions, emails, phone calls. They should all come from the people in the district of the politician however- the constituents. [For SF- places to get letters from public using ironing board/volunteers- 6th & Irving, Haight, Farmers' Markets, Universities, busy street corners.]

However all of the Judiciary committee needs to be urged to move forward with impeachment. There are 40 members- 17 are Republicans. Of those that we need to win over, are the ones who voted to table impeachment these include-

Howard Berman (CA 28)- "forget it - won't change position"
Artur Davis AL 07- "a mystery"
William Delahunt MA 10- "will come around"
Zoe Lofgren- CA 16- "KEY"
Jerrold Nadler NY 08- "KEY- at the national level and also dead set against impeachment"
Linda Sanchez- CA 39- "could be moved"
Debbie Wasserman Schultz FL 20- "very obstinant"

These folks voted Against Tabling-

Tammy Baldwin WI 02
Stev Cohen TN 09
John Conyers MI 14
Keith Ellison MN 05
Luis Gutierrez IL 04
Sheila Jackson-Lee TX 18
Hank Johnson GA 04
Bobby Scott VA 03
Brad Sherman CA 27
Betty Sutton OH 13
Maxine Waters CA 35
Melvin Watt NC 12
Anthony Weiner NY 09
Robert Wexler FL 19

I've been missing the Silicon Valley Impeachment meetings, but they are very active and planning an Impeachment Teach-In for Zoe Lofgren. They have also put ads in the local paper.

There are actually plenty of things that we can do to increase the visibility of the issue and get the ball rolling, the public support is there, but mobilizing them means bypassing the media, or pushing the media into covering the issue/facts- which they have been so reluctant to do for so long. Maybe shaming them, so that if they don't cover it, than they will be discounted as government propaganda props.

I still think Impeachment is the best hope for the country.

This article appeared on Chossudovsky's globalresearch.ca site and has received a lot of interest:

Crisis in the U.S.: “Plan B”?
by Richard C. Cook

Strange events are taking place in the U.S.

By August 2007, a lot of very smart people were reading the tea leaves, convinced that the upper echelons of the U.S. government had their own hidden reasons for forecasting an event even more heinous than the attacks of September 11, 2001.

President George W. Bush, Vice President Richard Cheney, and Secretary of the Department of Homeland Security Michael Chertoff had been hinting that another 9/11 could be coming.

Figures from the U.S. military had also projected a 9/11-type event. On April 23, 2006, for instance, the Washington Post published a statement by an unnamed Pentagon source that, “Another attack could create both a justification and an opportunity that is lacking today to retaliate against some known targets.”

9/11 was a turning point in history, and not just because it provided a pretext for the Bush administration to use off-the-shelf plans to invade Afghanistan and Iraq. The 9/11 Commission criticized the government for failing to do enough to act on danger signs that attacks may have been afoot. But a movement has formed which argues that the reality was worse—that 9/11 was an inside job staged to further the geopolitical ambitions of an elite seeking to use U.S. military power to advance its own imperialistic agenda.

What is indisputable is that from the 2000 presidential election through the 9/11 attacks and their aftermath, what New York Times columnist Paul Krugman termed a “revolutionary power” took control of the U.S. government.

Krugman’s statement, contained in the introduction to his 2005 book The Great Unraveling, has not been taken seriously enough. George W. Bush had lost the popular vote to Al Gore but was named to office by a Supreme Court that rubber-stamped what Greg Palast and others have proven was an extended process of electoral fraud in Florida. The subsequent actions and policies of the Bush/Cheney administration have been in accord with its dubious beginnings.

From the emergence of the Neocons as an ideological power base dominant over U.S. foreign policy, to destruction wreaked on the Bill of Rights by illegal surveillance of citizens, to the senseless creation of the bureaucratically monstrous Department of Homeland Security and passage of the Patriot Acts, to the initiation of “wars of choice” leading to the devastation of two nations and the killing or displacement of perhaps a million Middle Eastern non-combatants, to violation of international treaties and conventions against wars of aggression and torture of prisoners, to presiding over an economy ruined by the continued export of manufacturing jobs and the creation and deflation of the housing bubble, to the wrecking of the federal budget by over a trillion dollars of wartime expenditure, to the abandonment of the city of New Orleans during and after Hurricane Katrina, to tax cuts for the most wealthy while the income of the middle class has drastically eroded, and to threats to start another war, this time against Iran, based on deceptions similar to those which preceded the Iraq invasion, the Bush/Cheney administration has brought the U.S. to the brink of catastrophe.

What is now being asked is whether there was a plan that was to take place in September-October 2007 whereby the rest of the job would have been done. Speculation was that a nuclear device was to have been detonated in a U.S. city, perhaps one of the six attached to cruise missiles that were “inadvertently” carried by the Air Force B-52 bomber that flew from South Dakota to Louisiana just before Labor Day.

Check this link from the Arkansas Democrat Gazette for the official explanation of the incident: http://www2.arkansasonline.com/news/2007/oct/19/air-force-punishes-70-accidental-nuclear-weapons-f/.

According to the Air Force’s report, the missiles were being mothballed due to “a treaty,” but ground personnel at Minot Air Force Base “grabbed the wrong ones” and loaded missiles with nuclear warheads by mistake.

Some have argued that these nukes were secretly bound for Iran to prepare for a nuclear attack on that country. But would such a Keystone Cops routine have been necessary to prepare for military action as a contingency to implement a possible decision coming from the highest political levels?

Suppose, on the other hand, that one of the nukes was targeted for a false-flag domestic attack, perhaps a city like Portland, Oregon, where military exercises simulating a major terrorist incident had been scheduled and where residents actually were warning each other to leave town.

Was the attack to trigger an economic collapse, leading as a side-effect to a payoff of billions of dollars for the placers of the “bin Laden bets” that were reportedly made in the financial markets anticipating a fifty percent decline in stock prices? Of course such an attack would be blamed on foreign terrorists. The trail of the explosion would be found to lead to Iran, resulting in war against that nation. Would the Constitution then have been suspended and martial law declared? Would citizens have been rounded up and herded into prison camps?

Such a scenario seems unfathomable, horrendous, even incredible. But it still may have been in character for a regime whose actions have led the world to view the U.S. as the greatest existing threat to peace. Rumors about such possible events have been churning on the internet for months.

But the rumors have not been confined to “conspiracy theorists.” Regarding President Bush’s commitment to the sanctity of constitutional processes, Congressman John Olver expressed the prevailing view in government circles when he told twenty of his constituents at a private meeting in Massachusetts on July 5, 2007, that he could not support a movement to impeach Bush. According to an attendee, the reason the Congressman gave was that, “The President would declare a national emergency, institute martial law, and suspend the 2008 elections.”

Therefore we might ask if it is true, as some sources have alleged, that the reason these events have not taken place was that there was a revolt by the U.S. military, which refused to carry out the false-flag attack that may have been intended?

What then has happened differently which indicates that events may have altered or postponed such a sinister denouement to the nightmare of the last seven years?

What has happened appears to be that the U.S. establishment has decided to move to “Plan B.” This may be defined as a decision that the sway of the Bush/Cheney regime must end and that some semblance of normality should be restored, at least in appearance, by making Hillary Clinton the next President...

I think, if we can mess up the already messed up schemes of these madmen that we are doing the right thing. I just hope we can mess them up more. I remember feeling the weight of the world on my shoulders years ago, when there wasn't much opposition to the Neo-Cons and their wars. Now I feel that the weight has been lifted and that there is a critical mass of opposition- that these guys are stoppable, if not "doomed," although the replacements for the evil Rumsfeld, Gonzales, do not bode well for the future. I have "zero" faith in the Democrats, particularly the Clintons. The only ones looking worse in the polls than Bush and Cheney are their enablers- Congress- which should definitely be ousted unless they get their act together, do their job- impeach (at least) these guys and reverse their policies. I'll continue to work for that.

At the Impeachment meeting, I met a wonderful woman who has been working on Election Reform for the past six years or so. I will have her on my radio show- what she knows does not bode well for "democracy" or the illusion of "democracy" in this country. Without citizens getting involved to challenge the tyrants and corruption within the US government, we and the world don't really have a chance.

Yesterday, I also made some phone calls, as I was catching up on the bookkeeping. One guy has sent us a couple of checks, and I was concerned that he might have made a mistake and forgotten that he had already sent one generous donation. He told me that he was old, happy to give away his money for a good cause (He'd given $50,000 to the 9/11 Truth movement) and he asked me for the names and addresses of activists doing the work fulltime who needed support. His generosity rekindled my hope. I think many people, when they realize what dire shape we are in, will shift their time, money, energy to following the heroic path and helping humanity to get off this war path.

I don't think there has ever been as much organizing going on, as there is now, even if it isn't making headlines- it is widespread and addressing the huge range of inter-related issues. No one could possibly focus on all of the problems nor all the solutions. I need to add all the great, inspiring conferences coming up to my events page...

November 10, 2007

Yesterday, I received a link to an article on the changing media landscape, quite relevant to the upcoming radio show on the "Media Renaissance." Here's an excerpt from

Ron Paul Vs. the Gatekeepers:

For over four centuries, the structure of Establishment rule has rested on one assumption above all others: the high cost of delivering images to large numbers of people. This assumption has become increasingly ludicrous ever since 1996.

THE ESTABLISHMENTS

A series of seemingly competitive Establishments are interlocked domestically and also internationally, despite competition at the margins among them. There is basic agreement on competitive rules and strategies. The Bilderberger organization conducts closed meetings where representatives of these Establishments get together to discuss in private the range of outcomes acceptable for the various international Punch and Judy shows.

These Establishments are an institutional mixture of long-term senior advisors to this year’s crop of presidents and prime ministers, multinational bankers, foreign policy specialists, oil industry decision-makers, university educators, mainstream media representatives and their well-paid and completely housebroken salaried intellectuals, plus hundreds of low-level candidates who dream of entry into the inner ring. (Read C. S. Lewis’ wonderful essay, "The Inner Ring." It is on the Web.) Entry into any of these Establishments is screened by senior members. The system is self-policed.

The key to this policing is control over the barriers to entry.

Officially and legally, these various organizations are private and voluntary. Their carefully crafted barriers to entry are not mentioned in the United States Constitution. These barriers are not mentioned in the foundational judicial documents of any nation. This means that, legally speaking, non-Establishment interlopers can breach these barriers and take over the society. The ideology of democracy guarantees this. Democracy is the reigning religion of our era.

But, as Forest Gump’s mother would say, "Democracy is as democracy does." In every democratic nation, non-democratic barriers to entry into the various controlling Establishments have kept democracy on a very tight leash.

Here, I am speaking of politics. But society is far more than politics. Politics is only one aspect of society. The Establishments’ system of controls is not limited to politics. Nevertheless, they maintain their control primarily through politics. This is their supreme institutional weakness. They are holed up inside a castle that has been built in terms of political control over the social order.

The social question is: How can the public get off the existing leash?

As economists would put it, at what price can the public get off the leash?

If the cost of maintaining the leash increases, the public is more likely to get off the leash.

The cost of maintaining the leash is now rising exponentially. Why? Because the cost of individuals’ operating off the leash is collapsing.

THE CRUCIAL BARRIER TO ENTRY

Today’s Establishments are an unofficial confederation of multiple interlocking directorates. These are self-policed directorates. The designers of this almost 500-year-old piecemeal system have based their control on a single highly specific barrier to entry: the cost of delivering pieces of paper. This barrier is now collapsing.

The last major communications-based revolution in the West began on October 31, 1517, when Martin Luther nailed his 95 proposed debate topics onto the door of the church in Wittenberg. He thought he was launching a serious academic debate in Latin. He was in fact launching a social revolution: a change in law, attitudes, and religion.

Luther could not have launched the Protestant Reformation had Gutenberg not invented movable type two generations earlier. The nameless printers who translated Luther’s 95 theses into German and then mass marketed them were the key to this revolution. By never paying Luther royalties for his writings and pocketing all the profits, they made him the most important person of the sixteenth century. Most historians would put him in the top five or ten men over the last 500 years. But Gutenberg is higher on the list: no Gutenberg = no Luther.

It was impossible for the existing Establishment to stop Luther and his followers at a price they were willing to pay: the systematic destruction of all unregulated printing. Subsequent political rulers recognized the threat and tried to control printers, but, political revolution by revolution, they failed. The cost-effectiveness of printing was too great. The lure of profit for printers was too great. Printers cheated. They broke the law.

The European Establishments in 1517 had been built on the older, pre-Gutenberg image-communications system. By 1517, the cost of delivering pieces of paper had fallen too far for the Establishments to adjust to the new pricing conditions. They had not recognized the enormous threat to their power for two generations. Luther spotted his opportunity by the end of 1517. The printers had made it visible to him within a matter of weeks. He took advantage of it. He became the greatest master of the pamphlet in the history of the world. He retains the title.

Peter Drucker years ago wrote that when a new technology reduces costs by 90%, it cannot be stopped. It will take over any market that has been maintained by an existing technology. The Internet has reduced communications costs – not counting our time – by far more than 90%. It cannot be stopped.

Any Establishment that fails to adjust to this new pricing structure for communications will not survive. This means that the single most important foundation of the present reigning Establishments is in its final stages unless the Establishments adjust. So far, they haven’t.

The information gatekeepers in every field except one are losing market share: newspapers, FCC-regulated television networks, K-12 public education, and movies. Radio long ago fell to the right-wing talk shows. All that the Establishment has left in radio are the news shows on National Public Radio: narcoleptic radio. ("The surgeon general has warned: Do not drive while listening to NPR.")

In only one area do they still maintain almost complete control: higher education. This control is maintained by means of a system of state-enforced accreditation. But there is a monster inside the gates of the halls of ivy: the for-profit University of Phoenix. It has at least 250,000 students enrolled today. It is mainly Web-based. It takes in over $2 billion in tuition each year. It is the harbinger of the future.

Drucker’s rule is about to manifest itself in higher education. He saw it coming. Distance learning cuts costs by 90%. "Universities won’t survive. The future is outside the traditional campus, outside the traditional classroom. Distance learning is coming on fast."

http://www.mises.org/story/2013

I have shown how a student can earn a distance learning B.A. degree from an accredited university for about $15,000 in three years – maybe two.

http://www.LowestCostColleges.com

The Establishments are losing control. They hold the leash, but it is wearing thin. Ron Paul’s $4 million day is indicative of how voters have begun to slip the Establishment’s leash.

The time cost of reading is an inescapable cost. Time is our only truly irreplaceable resource. Here, the Establishments have no insurmountable cost advantage over anyone else. If anything, they are on the defensive. They are not digital media savvy. This is why they are losing ground.

Through the dual technologies of Web addresses and graphics-based browsers, the Internet in just one decade, 1996 to 2006, stripped the cost of communicating ideas to the bedrock limit: the time cost of reading. I am sure there will be many more innovations, but the main one is now behind us: delivery costs. This outcome was not foreseen by anyone in the U.S. military who designed the original Internet back in 1969. The outcome just happened.

Assuming that the Internet stays up, the revolution was.

The fallout has begun.

ADAPTING

Decentralization is now the wave of the future. No single plan of social transformation will dominate the Internet. There are too many players. The cost of entry is too low. Google will be a big part of successful plans. That is about all I feel confident in saying.

This will be a trial-and-error procedure, which is weighted in favor of error. Most plans fail. This is good for liberty and bad for tyranny. Tyranny is limited to one plan per power unit: whatever the central planners agree to. Liberty is based on open entry: "Come one, come all!" The fact that most plans fail is the Achilles heel of central planning. Consumers determine who succeeds or fails – mostly fails – in the free market. Never has there been a market with entry costs lower than the Internet’s. The number of ways for private decision-makers to succeed is enormous and growing, due to low entry costs. The number of ways for central planners to fail is growing just as fast.

Innovation is a characteristic feature of decentralization. Stagnation is a characteristic feature of civil government. This is because of rival systems of funding, as Ludwig von Mises showed in his 1944 book, Bureaucracy. Funding for voluntary, decentralized agencies is dependent on creative promoters in the agencies or supportive of the agencies. Success is based on whatever pleases consumers or donors.

In contrast, funding for civil government is based on taxes, unamortized debt, and monetary inflation. All three produce losses for most consumers and therefore growing resistance.

Thus, my motto:

"Nothing is sure except death and taxes and people’s attempt to cheat both."

The inability of large, tax-funded, centralized government agencies to respond rapidly to innovative pathways around government controls is universal. The lower the costs of entry, the more overwhelmed the state and its licensed institutions become. Every Establishment therefore relies on the state to create barriers to entry. These barriers are being undermined daily by the Internet. This has happened so rapidly, under the radar of bureaucrats, that all of the various Establishments have been caught flat-footed.

If there was a single event that illustrates this tipping point, it was Matt Drudge’s 1998 story on President Clinton and the unnamed intern. Within hours, the attempted weekend suppression of the story by Newsweek ended in howls of derisive laughter. To Newsweek, the world said: "Close, but no cigar." The breach in the gatekeepers’ wall became visible to tens of millions of people within days.

This breach has gotten wider ever since.

The gatekeepers are frantic. The mainstream news media immediately branded Drudge an amateur. He was not credentialed in any way. He was just a high school graduate operating out of a room in an apartment. This attack had no effect. Today, his site is ranked in the top 1,300 by Alexa. It has a higher ranking than the Los Angeles Times or CBS. As for MSNBC, it’s about 16,000 – lower than LewRockwell.com, the Ron Paul information site.

WHAT ARE THE STAKES?

The stakes are enormous. The stakes are these: control over the flow of information, money, and power – in that order in importance. This issue can be encapsulated by one question:

"Will semi-public monopolistic agencies that are licensed by the central governments of the world be able to control the flow of information to individual decision-makers who have both money and brains?

If you want it in percentages, it is this:

"Will the 1% on top be able to protect today’s semi-monopolistic positions of the 4% who shape the thinking of the 20% who decide on behalf of the 80% who officially have the votes, but who rarely show up on election day?"

There are three primary trends that suggest that the answer is "no." First is the Internet. Second is the inability of most civil governments to protect the broad mass of the population from rising crime. Third are the promises by politicians regarding long-term retirement income – promises not funded by the accumulation of income-generating assets.

Consider the Internet. The denizens of the World Wide Web have more money than the typical voter. They have more formal education. They also have skills in navigating the Web. They have Google. They have e-mail. They are international.

These people are on the cutting edge of social change. In the way that literate people were on the cutting edge in 1517, so are people who use the Internet as their primary source of information.

In effect, the world’s Establishments have based their control on their ability to control the flow of information to illiterates – digital illiterates. They are in the condition that the Catholic Church was in back in 1517. The Church controlled the preachers, more or less, through a system of compulsory accreditation and licensing. The state backed up the Church. Most people in Western Europe got their information from preachers in 1517. Then one of the preachers, Drudge-like, got his hands on a lot of printing presses – not directly, but indirectly. The printers built his audience for him. They kept the money; he kept the audience.

Power after 1517 spread to local units of civil government in what we today call Germany. Protestant princes challenged the Catholic Emperor. The Church relied on the Emperor to enforce its system of accreditation and licensing. It rested on a weak reed. The process of decentralization, informed by low-cost pieces of paper, could not be reversed.

Today, the same process has accelerated. Digits have replaced pieces of paper. Electrons have replaced atoms.

It is very expensive for governments to control digits, which recognize no borders or jurisdictions. Yet without such control, the Establishments’ jointly held leash gets frayed.

Digits can cross borders. This means that two things are now beyond low-cost control by any national government: information and money. Information and money are conveyed in digital form.

The gatekeepers have always used control over information and money as their primary means of control. In our era, for the first time in recorded history, the self-screened gatekeepers have lost control over both the flow of information and the flow of money. They can try to influence both, but influence is not control.

Ron Paul’s campaign indicates that Establishment influence is waning where it counts most in the long run: the flow of information. The evidence for this is the flow of money: $4 million in one day. That got the attention of the gatekeepers. Money talks. In their world, it talks louder than anything except votes.

WHEN DIGITAL MONEY FAILS

Karl Marx called this the cash nexus. It’s the digital nexus today. Central banks control the creation of digital money. They cannot control the response of speculators to monetary policy. At most, they can influence speculators at the margin.

The key political fact in every Western nation is this: the supply of political promises has exceeded the supply of capital to fulfill these promises. The system of political promises is unamortized.

This will produce a crisis of faith. Today, there is society-wide faith in democracy and faith in civil government. Both faiths are waning. The evidence of this decline in faith is seen in rising prices and rising crime rates. This process seems to be irreversible throughout the West. This is the conclusion of Jacques Barzun in the final section of From Dawn to Decadence (2000). It is also the conclusion of Martin van Creveld in the final section of The Rise and Decline of the State (1999).

The politicians dare not openly repudiate their promises of retirement safety nets. To do so would be political suicide. Yet these nets cannot be funded for even one more generation. Their repudiation will therefore be papered over, not with paper money but with digital money.

When the flow of digital money from the world’s capital cities ceases to maintain the flow of economic goods and services to those with bank accounts filled with digits, the world will change dramatically, just as it changed in the generation after Luther nailed his debate topics on the church door.

What matters most now is the flow of information, not the flow of funds. The flow of funds is pretty much set. Neither the government nor the public has much discretionary income. The budget next month will look pretty much like the budget this month and last month.

What is changing is the budget for time. People are re-allocating their precious time in terms of the new cost conditions. Here, price competition has created a new world order.

Most denizens of the Web already have their favorite sites and e-letters. To get them to change is costly. Their attention cannot be bought with money alone, any more than the attention of pamphlet readers in Northern Europe could be bought with money alone after 1517.

Today’s political Establishment cannot respond effectively on the Web. It can respond in the traditional media, but these are shrinking in influence.

The handwriting is on the screen: "Thou hast been weighed in the balance and found wanting."

This morning I also received an email with this look at The Bilderbergers-

I’ll have the Bilderberger, well done!
By Jerry Mazza
Online Journal Associate Editor

I read Daniel Estulin’s The True Story of the Bilderberg Group over a long weekend trip to South Dakota to visit in-laws. The amazing history of the Bilderberg Group, its kindred Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) and Trilateral Commission (TR), filled my mind with its awful vision of One World Government, one government uber alles, that is, over all sovereign nations, from America to Zambia.

Interestingly, the Wednesday that began our trip was Halloween. And lord knows the Bilderbergers had been spooking the world since 1954, though their ghost-like founders had been in operation since the days of Woodrow Wilson and well before.

The well-done Bilderberger called for in the headline is the one behind the fixed smile, pointy nose mask. He is one of the most aggressive Bilderberg leaders of our time, David Rockefeller, scion of the Rockefeller clan. He has also been the spook behind hundreds of think tanks, the giver of grants for studies to implement mind-control techniques, government-toppling scenarios, and other nasty business. Rockefeller is a leading man in this real-life horror movie, gathering some 200 government and corporate honchos, European Royalty, international CEO’s, bureaucrats of the highest order, to pull the strings of various governments; this along with prodding the World Bank, International Monetary Fund, Wall Street, the Federal Reserve, European Central banks; in short to tie us all in neocon knots.

And speaking of neocon knots, I thought of passing through LaGuardia airport en route to South Dakota. After presenting passports and/or drivers licenses, we were obliged to spill shoes, change, wallets, belts, jackets, watches and disgust into plastic boxes. As I passed through security without a beep, the surly guard was doing his best to be unpleasant and make us feel like a threat to the country we loved. Once past security, we entered the electronic Matrix, each robotized traveler with cellphone in hand, earpiece, earphones, blackberry, I-pod, Palmcorders, et al, in digital touch with Big Brother and his holding companies somewhere, everywhere.

This too was part of the Bilderberg-manufactured (Bush implemented) terror state guaranteed to cripple Americans and citizens of the world with angst, fear and apathy, color codes to match. But why wasn’t David Rockefeller, his gang and forbearers being grilled for their sins of treason and dissimulation, literally the ongoing attempt to destroy the Constitution and overthrow our democratic government? Why weren’t their feet (Kissinger’s, Brzezinski’s, Schulz’s, et al,) put to the fire for their treason? What gate of a thousand eyes should they pass through to reveal their offenses? Daniel Estulin’s, of course, that’s whose, and anyone else who felt the need, the importance to reveal these cretins’ crimes.

Somehow for 15 years Estulin managed to find the location of yearly Bilderberg meetings as they were announced, always just a week before they happened, always in some small town outside a major city, cloak and daggered with armed and vicious security guards. The meetings, first held in the Bilderberg Hotel in the small Dutch town of Oosterbeek in 1954, during the presidency of Dwight Eisenhower, did not allow press coverage of any kind. Today that remains true, even though major news and media figures may attend, that is, to plan to alter public opinion on some issue.

In fact, here is Estulin’s latest report on Bilderberg 2007: Welcome to the Lunatic Fringe. Read it, please. It includes a list of this year’s objectives and a complete list of attendees. Estulin’s razor-sharp observations will boggle your mind.

Bilderberg privacy reigns, too, to make attendees feel “free enough” to utter their innermost thoughts (a truly scary thought). Uninvited, Estulin arrives days in advance of meetings, bonds with hotel staff, even security once he gives them the past history of this group. And then there are those who know the history and come to him, eager to reveal the ugly “innermost thoughts” of someone who’d like to see a government toppled, a revolution financed, a leader disappeared (as in Aldo Moro of Italy), a president made or toppled (as in the case of Richard Nixon when he bucked Bilderbergers on his price control plan that was working). In short, the agenda is to weaken all world leadership but they’re own. Bilderberger needs, mandates, and laws, in their eyes, precede even those of the US government.

Yet planning and attending these meetings is in essence a crime. Estulin points out, “A US law, called the Logan Act, states explicitly that it is against the law for federal officials to attend secret meetings with private citizens to develop public policies. Although Bilderberg 2005 was missing one of its luminaries, US State Department official John Bolton who was testifying before the Senate Foreign Relations Committee, the American government was well represented in Rottach-Egern by Alan Hubbard, assistant to the president for economic policy and director of the National Economic Council; William Luti, deputy under secretary of defense; James Wolfensohn, outgoing president of the World Bank and Paul Wolfowitz, deputy secretary of state, an ideologue of the Iraq war and incoming president of the World Bank. By attending Bilderberg 2005 meeting, these people are breaking federal laws of the United States.”

But then sovereign governments and their nation-states are in Bilderberger minds outmoded. We see this in the operation of the North American Treaty Agreement (NAFTA). The multinational participating corporations’ needs and mandates supersede the laws and mandates of the nations and peoples involved, whether they be the United States, Mexico or Canada. Curiously, the tarantula of NAFTA was gifted to us by none other than former President Bill Clinton, after his stints with the CFR and Trilateral Commission. Though President Bush is not formally a member of this triple threat, his father was, and Junior delivered CAFTA to us, the Central American Trade Agreement, extending the tentacles of participation further south.

And now we see George W. Bush attempting to wrap the US, Canada and Mexico into a North American Union. What they are doing is building a global free market for the multinationals and their profiteers, in order to loot the rest of the world’s people. National identities, cultures, aspirations, ideals be damned. This is the real meaning of their One World Government, one which maximizes their wealth and everyone else’s poverty and enslavement. Not a pretty picture. But then they’re not pretty people. They are predators.

Estulin points out that their founding precursors, JP Morgan among them, poured millions of dollars into the Bolshevik Revolution in Russia to topple the Czar who was trying to bring Russia into modernity, but unfortunately asked for 12-hour working days and every ounce of strength of the working people. This opened the door to the Bolsheviks to protest. It also opened opportunities for Morgan and his brand of capitalism to weaken the Russian people. In its second try at a coup, the Bolsheviks, with Morgan’s and other large financial and material assistance, succeeded in toppling the Czar and making Russia a satellite of their interests, not a super-power. This action provided a paradigm for future actions, right up to today.

Here is the first of Bilderberg 2007 activities that Estulin reports in his linked article: "Aside from the Iraq quagmire, energy problems continue to dominate Bilderberger discussions. Oil and natural gas are finite, non-renewable resources. That’s because once used up it cannot be replenished. As the world turns, and as oil and natural gas supplies dwindle while demand soars dramatically, especially with Indian and Chinese booming economies who want all the trinkets and privileges of an American way of life, we, as the Planet, have crossed the midpoint of oil production and discovery.

“From now on, the only sure thing is that supply will continue to diminish and prices will continue to increase. In these conditions world conflict is a physical certainty. End of oil means end of world’s financial system, something which has already been acknowledged by Wall Street Journal and the Financial Times, two full time members of the Bilderberger inner circle. Goldman Sachs oil report, [another full time member of the Bilderberger elite] published on March 30, 2005 increased the oil price range for the year 2005-6 from $55-$80 per barrel to $55-$105. During 2006 meeting, Bilderbergers have confirmed that their short range price estimate for oil for the 2007-08 continues to hover around US$105-150/barrel.

“No wonder Jose Barroso, President of the European Commission, announced several months ago during the unveiling of the new European energy policy that the time has come for a ‘post-industrial age.’ To bring the world into the post-industrial age, you first need to destroy the world's economic base and create another Great Depression. When people are poor, they don't spend money, they don't travel, and they don't consume.”

It is obvious why Bilderbergers would have “thinking out loud” like this stay in the privacy of their confines.

Estulin continued, “Third item on the [2007] agenda is European relations with Russia not only in Europe but also in Central Asia. With Moscow making a deal with Kazakhstan and Turkmenistan over the transport of gas to Europe, the US geo-strategic goal of driving a wedge between the Central Asian countries and Russia lies in shambles. While the US says this is 'not good for Europe,' the Europeans are divided. Iran, overnight has become America’s last hope in the energy war.

“Iran war, after two years of huffing and puffing by the Bush government is definitely off the table. Furthermore, with France, Russia, Japan and China investing heavily in Iran, the world has drawn a line in the sand and the U.S. will be told at the conference not to cross it. There is blood in the water, and blood in the water usually leads to a good fight.

“That notwithstanding, the United States needs to control the region, not only for its oil reserves but, most importantly to help it sustain world economic hegemony. Under this strategic design, regional states will be turned to weak domains of sectarian sheikhs with little or no sovereignty and, by implications, a pathetic agenda of their economic development. Regional chaos favours the spread of Islamic fundamentalism, which in turn reinforces the process of political and social disintegration supported by the Bilderbergers.”

Thus you see that David Rockefeller and his friends have their viewfinders on many sights. In fact, the world is in their sights. Yet this super-powerful world organization, as Estulin points out, “runs out of an 18m2 [194 square feet] offices, staffed by one person, using one telephone line and a single fax number. There is no web page and no brass name plate on the door. The independent press has never been allowed in, and no statements have ever been released on the attendees’ conclusions nor has any agenda for a Bilderberg meeting been made public . . ." It is the epitome of low-profile dark ops, a shadow government hidden in a doorway.

Yet somehow, Estulin reports in his book, the Bilderbergers were responsible for the elevation of Jimmy Carter from peanut farmer to president, and more. Thus you must read the 326-page story that moves like a novel of political intrigue, though Estulin’s facts are stranger (and truer) than any fiction. For me, on Halloween and past it, it was a treat to read and to understand the vicious trick these people have been exacting on humanity for 53 years and their forbearers for a hundred more. After all is said and done, our present is clarified by knowing the past, which illuminates the journey for global hegemony begun with the royals and elites of Europe, America, and Asia. It really is us against them. And now is the time to arm yourself with knowledge, to take action for the defense of your country, its freedoms and your survival.

I also had a lovely long chat with Rita Kubiak over the phone today. She and David had both given me a beautiful bamboo plant which used to sit on her meditation table and is now the only "live" plant in my "neglected for years" house. I also gave Rita and David a copy of the DVD- Outsourced a charming, comedy about a guy whose job is outsourced to India and ends up going there to train the forces that are replacing him. Since Rita is from India, and David, besides being an American, is one of the most insightful critics of the corporation, and subsequent corporate globalization- I knew they would both appreciate the excellent film, which was made by an independent filmmaker and needs to be suported and distributed through "non-traditional means." The film's enthusiasts had organized a showing at Google, where Jean-Luc and I saw it, and I received the DVD in the Q&A trivia contest which followed.

Rita and I discussed the power of art, storytelling and culture in effecting culutural change and bypassing the control of the hierarchies, so dependent upon lies, secrecy, to cling to power and legitimacy. Art, media, communication is vital for the health and survival of our species, and so much depends on those sensitive enough to activate the immune system or power of ordinary people to regain control over their communities, resources, and lives.

November 9, 2007

Yesterday I went to a lecture on "Collective Intelligence, Wisdom and Consciousness" applied to the monetary system (See Open Money.org) presented by Jean-Francois Noubel at (of all places!) Stanford Research Institute. With me was Rita Kubiak who is organizing a Best Practices Green Festival in India in 2009 and was especially interested in community currencies, also at the talk was an old friend of mine Sergio Lub, founder of Friendly Favors (The last time I saw Sergio was when he hosted an event with Nafeez Ahmed via webcam on the first anniversary of 9/11- one of the first educational events on 9/11 held in the Bay Area).

It was a lively interactive lecture and I couldn't help mentioning the Deception Dollars and passsing out the new Conception Dollars. In transitioning from teaching how money and the monetary system works to exposing the truth about 9/11, I have found that psychological barriers still exist, but actually explaining the monetary system is a lot harder than explaining special operations. The important thing is that changing people's belief systems is the key to changing the system- taboo truths about money, the CIA, war, religion, elections, whatever has the potential to change people's perceptions about themselves, the world, and to change their subsequent actions.

Later Rita, her husband David (officially the International Campaign Advisor for 911Truth.org), and Sergio came over to my house for dinner and we had a great conversation, discovering that we had many mutual friends, and interests. It looks like the Media , Truth versus Corporate Power Conference that David is working on is coming together, and I am hopeful in light of all the synchronicities of our lives.

November 7, 2007

Kucinich's action yesterday created more space for dialogue on Impeachment, and now we need to make a lot of noise to get Conyers to actually do something and not kill the resolution in committee. To reiterate your support for the Impeachment of Cheney, first, H.Res 333 go to:

www.usalone.com/hres333.php

The page is very effective in getting your message sent to public officials and the local press, though certainly not the "only" thing one could/should do.

I just got a call from a guy wanting more Deception Dollars and Conception Dollars. He especially wanted the ones featuring Cheney with "Impeach Cheney First!" graffiti on them. I'd like to see that image on the front cover of Time Magazine.

Yesterday, I got an email and a better photo from David Mathison, author of BE THE MEDIA who will be doing the radio show with me next week, along with Eduardo Cohen, who helped me with publicity for the Rodriguez event. My title: Media Renaissance- from Selling War to Serving Life Show is deliberately ambiguous. I believe the media is almost as guilty as Cheney in ushering in some horrific wars, and that both Cheney and media moguls should get Life Imprisonment for their crimes against humanity. At the same time, David Mathison has undergone a tremendous personal/career transformation from serving Reuters and the corporate news system to being the strongest activist for public participation in media creation. I met him at his home, in a follow up meeting to the National Conference on Media Reform, months and months ago. He sent me a copy of the intro to his book which was all about a "Media Renaissance" and I was really struck by the power of the words and the idea- that what we were experiencing wasn't a "Media Revolution, but a Renaissance" without the violent replacement implication that the word "revolution" connotates, but with the non-violent, creative, birthing of something new and hopeful that the word "renaissance" conjures.

It feels like humanity has been under a spell, put to sleep by the repeated lies, stories, myths spun by those seeking power and dominance over the planet. Slowly, but surely, humanity is beginning to wake up, recognize the spell, the drugs, the lies created to paralyze us into complacency, obedience to the black magicians trying to keep us under their control. The new media, our media, the truth, is the antidote, the light that pierces the darkness, the alarm that breaks the revery, to pull us collectively from unconsciousness so that we might exert our collective will and halt the plunge towards slavery/oblivion, set in motion by those seeking to rule the world. Our own ability to communicate between ourselves and with the larger world seems to hold the key to whether or not War, Peace, Death, Life, Tyranny, Justice will prevail.

November 6, 2007, National impeachment Day

Impeach Cheney First!

Today, Dennis Kucinich is going to introduce a resolution on the floor of Congress to Impeach Cheney. Another member will move to table (kill) the resolution. This will force a vote. Time to add more pressure to onr Congressional lobbying efforts and to get news of the existence of this resolution and the public support for it into the mainstream media.

Suggested actions include the simple email pages, petition signing, phone calling, occupation of Congressional Offices, writing letters to the editor. Click on the

Impeach Cheney First!

-if you have time and need ideas on how to support this effort.

I still think the best hope for the country is impeachment. My sound system ceased to function at the last anti-war rally and George is still trying to get it fixed. He called me yesterday about doing an action at Eshoo's office today. I'm tempted, but there isn't a whole lot of time to pull anything together, and I really should just clean up the house which I've neglected to do for so many months.

However, I still have lots of petitions with signatures that I haven't turned in to Eshoo's office, so I will probably write something, take it to the press, and to Eshoo's office, today. If enough of us make the effort, maybe we will prevail.

November 5, 2007, Guy Fawkes Day World Peace Week

The eloquent Kevin Barrett posted this on his 9/11 Truth Holidays webpage:

9/11 Truth Holidays!

Guy Fawkes Day, Boston Tea Party, 11th of the Month Spread 9/11 Truth Revolution 

"I don't wanna holiday in the sun / I wanna go to new Belsen / I wanna see some history..."  - The Sex Pistols 

9/11 truth holidays? Well, not exactly. We don't yet have real cause for celebration: Justice for the victims and truth in the newspaper headlines and history textbooks. 

But while we have not yet won the biggest battle—yanking the perps-in-chief out of office in chains before their terms expire—we are winning the war. The official myth of 9/11 is like Monty Python's parrot: "'E's passed on! This parrot is no more! He has ceased to be! 'E's expired and gone to meet 'is maker! 'E's a stiff! Bereft of life, 'e rests in peace! If you hadn't nailed 'im to the perch 'e'd be pushing up the daisies! 'Is metabolic processes are now 'istory! 'E's off the twig! 'E's kicked the bucket, 'e's shuffled off 'is mortal coil, run down the curtain and joined the bleedin' choir invisibile!! THIS IS AN EX-PARROT!!" 

But aren't there still plenty of people out there who believe the Osama-and-19-young-Arabs version? To borrow a line from Bill Clinton, it depends on what you mean by "believe." 

For a story to function as a myth in the anthropological sense, it needs to be fervently believed by almost all members of the group it serves to unify and mobilize. If a group member questions the myth, he or she must be branded as a heretic and silenced. If widespread questioning occurs, the myth dies.*  

While the official 9/11 story is still functioning in the corporate monopoly media as if it were a living myth, it is no longer widely believed by the general population. According to a New York Times poll, only 16% of the American people believe the government is telling the truth about 9/11. That is why an ever-growing majority opposes the 9/11 wars. Americans are no longer being unified and mobilized by the 9/11 myth. Instead, they are being disunified and demobilized. 

The battle for 9/11 truth and justice is the central theater of a larger cultural-political war: republic versus empire—or to put it bluntly, freedom versus slavery. In the end, no empire can survive without widespread public support, without public willingness to sacrifice, blood, treasure and liberty. 9/11 was a fabricated mythic event designed to mobilize support for empire. It succeeded for a few years, but is failing in the long term. To ensure that it fails—to ensure the triumph of liberty over slavery, of peace over war, of Republic over Empire—we of the 9/11 truth movement need to settle in for the long haul, and make it clear that we are not going away. 

Those who grumble "It's like the JFK case. We'll never get to the truth" are missing the point. The JFK coup d'état was primarily designed to change leadership at the top of the chain of command. The 9/11 coup d'état was different. It was primarily a psychological operation, designed to mobilize the public for a long-term imperial project of "wars that will not end in our lifetime." To function effectively it had to give rise to a sacred myth. By progressively dismantling the myth, we are dismantling the empire and stopping the wars, regardless of whether or when we bring truth and justice to the courtrooms, headlines and history books. 

In order to settle in for the long haul, the 9/11 truth movement needs holidays—or more accurately calendar customs as we folklorists call them. Special days like Christmas and Independence Day, celebrated on the same day each year, commemorate key events that the culture wishes to remember, such as the births of Jesus and the American nation. Establishing a calendar custom helps transform short-term cultural memory into long-term memory.  

As M.M. Bakhtin tells us, holidays are always the site of a battle between official and unofficial culture. And the good news for the 9/11 truth movement is that unofficial culture always has the edge. When medieval popes and clerics tried to maintain control over the meaning of religious holidays, framing them as occasions for the celebration of political and religious authority, the people were busy transforming them into carnivals designed to mock authority and establish a space of freedom, a temporary autonomous zone. 

We the people, meaning the 9/11 truth movement, have already overturned the official September 11th anniversary memorial at Ground Zero. Designed to legitimize such authority figures as Bush and Giuliani, and mobilize support for the endless 9/11 wars, the anniversary events have turned into huge 9/11 truth gatherings. Last year the authorities even tried to ban access to Ground Zero, in order to shut down an event that has been taken over by the 9/11 truth movement. What better evidence that the official myth is dead, defunct, deceased, persisting as a peripheral illusion only because it is repeatedly scooped up and nailed to its perch by an ever-more-desperate corporate media? 

But upending the official September 11th calendar custom is not enough. We need our own calendar customs—our own 9/11 truth holidays. And fortunately, we have them! 

The grandaddy of all 9/11 truth holidays is the not-quite-one-year-old Boston Tea Party for 9/11 Truth. Last year on December 16th, a riotous group in patriotic garb threw an oversized mock-up of the 9/11 Commission Report into Boston Harbor,  just as the patriotic revolutionary American colonists had done with British Imperial Tea back in 1773. 

The original Boston Tea Party "went viral" and helped spark the American Revolution: 

"As the electrifying news of the ‘Boston tea party’ spread, other seaports followed the example and staged similar acts of resistance of their own." The Boston Tea Party for 9/11 truth also went viral. All over the USA, 9/11 truth supporters joined the festivities by tossing the Report into rivers, lakes, bays, and streams. They burned and barbecued it, shredded it, and otherwise expressed their disapprobation. This year, expect the celebrations to grow and spread. 

The Boston Tea Party is a perfect 9/11 truth holiday. It reminds us that America was born in an insurrectionary struggle against empire—a people's rebellion against official political culture. Being violently opposed to empire, to the point of Patrick Henry preferring death to life under empire, is what being American is all about. This, more than anything else, is the core of American identity—and the Boston Tea Party for 9/11 Truth helps keep anti-imperialism in America's long-term memory, while building the momentum for truth and justice. 

Another important 9/11 truth calendar custom is the 11th-of-the-month day of public actions. By commemorating 9/11 and sparking action for truth on a monthly basis, Truth Action Day builds 9/11 truth communities and gets the movement off the internet and into the streets.  

Last but not least, Remember, Remember the Fifth of November! Today is November 5th, Guy Fawkes Day--a holiday which commemorates the first great act of imperial false-flag terrorism in modern history, the 1605 Gunpowder Plot. As Webster Tarpley and Barrie Zwicker have written, Guy Fawkes and his Gunpowder Plotters were set up as "Catholic extremist terrorists" by a cabal that wanted to demonize Catholics and launch imperial wars against Catholic Spain and Portugal. It was the 9/11 of the 17th century, the gigantic public relations stunt that launched the British Empire.  

In England, Guy Fawkes Day is celebrated with bonfires, fireworks and revelry. The British people have been brainwashed over the centuries to believe the official story, and encouraged to burn Guy Fawkes in effigy every November 5th because Fawkes "wanted to blow up Parliament." But here, as in so many holidays, the people have turned a pro-authority official holiday into an anti-authority carnival. The energy that drives Guy Fawkes Day is not anger at the "Catholic extremist terrorist" but popular celebration of "the rebel who wanted to blow up Parliament." That is why the brilliant graphic novel V for Vendetta put its anti-fascist freedom-fighting superhero behind a Guy Fawkes mask. And that is why the film V for Vendetta turned the story into an allegory for 9/11, celebrating rebellion against a fascist regime that had established itself by a huge false-flag terror attack blamed on Muslims.  

The massively-popular V for Vendetta, whatever you think of the film politically and artistically (personally I give it an A+ on both counts) is a perfect vehicle for discussions of false-flag terror and fascism. Screenings of V for Vendetta, perhaps accompanied by house parties, fireworks, bonfires, and masked revelry, will help us "Remember, Remember the Fifth of November" today and in future years. 

Today, Guy Fawkes Day, marks the beginning of World Peace Week / War on War Week, November 5th-November 11th. All antiwar activities this week, from the V for Vendetta parties and Ron Paul fundraiser today, to the Veterans Day peace events, 11th-of-the-month actions, and Loose Change premiere on November 11th, mark the first stage of a future calendar custom to help us remember the truth about false-flag terror and dedicate ourselves body and soul to overcoming fear and putting an end to war. 

9/11 truth holidays are not frills, but vital, essential events. When Emma Goldman said "If I can't dance, I don't want to be part of your revolution" she wasn't just thumbing her nose at the dour, insipid Bolsheviks. Emma was underlining a deeper truth: The struggle for freedom will be joyous and liberating, or it will not be at all. 9/11 truth holidays will play a key role in transforming a horribly painful, death-dealing event, the 9/11 crimes against humanity, into a life-giving force for peace, justice and freedom.  

So remember, remember...to get out there and party!  

* * *

* Note:  I analyze 9/11 as a scripted mythic event in “Interpreting the Unspeakable: The Myth of 9/11,” in 9/11 and American Empire: Christians, Jews and Muslims Speak Out (Interlink, 2007). David Griffin offers a similar perspective in “9/11: The Myth and the Reality.”
 

November 3, 2007

I still haven't quite recovered from organizing William Rodriguez's "Last Man Out Tour" at the Grand Lake Theater, on Thursday night. I should write a whole article about it, but maybe I need to recover more strength, before I spend four hours putting together a serious article with photos and post it. I have pushed myself so hard this past month, with all the logistical details, unending phone calls, never getting all the invitations out, all the calls made, the nametags written, the things I'd hope to do- done before it was time to get to Oakland to take William to a nice quiet dinner, hosted by Richard Gage (on behalf of the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance) with Cindy Sheehan, Peter Dale Scott and Paul Thompson, while I met with volunteers at the Grand Lake Theater to prepare for the event.

We had to set up the tables, the sound system, the equipment for the slideshow and powerpoint presentation. Janette brought lots of food, drinks, tablecloths, serving stuff for the reception, plus her ikebana twin towers which she set up on stage. Cornelia brought seven enormous, fabulous bouquets of flowers. Mike Marino (I think?) brought a huge banner saying "9/11 Truth Now"- I didn't have time to figure out how to hang it, but he went ahead and figured it out and certainly it helped make a powerful statement. Janet Kobren helped order pizza for the volunteers, and it was an intense scramble to organize all the tables and stuff, before people started arriving- not everything got done, but lots of people pitched in to help with all the zillions of tasks including collating the programs and passing them out. Camille did a beautiful job on the programs. Chuck helped me edit it. Here's the text:

Last Man Out

6:45 pm- Slideshow: Local Heroes in the 9/11 Truth, Peace, Justice, and Impeachment Movements

6:55 pm- Song by August Bullock, “Heroes of America” - an anti-war anthem

7:00 pm- Welcome, by Carol Brouillet, co-founder of the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance

7:05 pm- Peter Dale Scott—a former Canadian diplomat and English professor at the University of California, Berkeley—is a poet, writer, and researcher. His books include The War Conspiracy; The Assassinations: Dallas and Beyond; Crime and Cover-Up: The CIA, the Mafia, and the Dallas-Watergate Connection; Cocaine Politics: Drugs, Armies, and the CIA in Central America; Deep Politics and the Death of JFK; Deep Politics II: Essays on Oswald, Mexico, and Cuba; and Drugs, Oil, and War: The United States in Afghanistan, Columbia, and Indochina. He was featured in Guerrilla News Network’s short documentary “The War Conspiracy” and their more ambitious documentary “Aftermath: Unanswered Questions from 9/11.” He edited 9/11 and American Empire with David Ray Griffin. His latest book, The Road to 9/11: Wealth, Empire, and the Future of America, was published this fall by the University of California Press.

7:15 pm- Cindy Sheehan is an American anti-war activist whose son, Casey Sheehan, was killed during his service in the Iraq War on April 4, 2004, at age 24. In August 2005 she received national attention for her extended demonstration at a peace camp outside George Bush's Texas ranch. Her prominence earned her the nickname “the face of the anti-war movement.” She has written the book Peace Mom: A Mother's Journey through Heartache to Activism. She has also been at the forefront of the impeachment movement, and she is challenging Nancy Pelosi for failing to put Impeachment on the table.

7:30 pm- William Rodriguez was working as custodian in charge of three 110-story stairwells in the North Tower of the World Trade Center on the day it was destroyed. In possession of a master key to all of the stairwell doors, he personally saved the lives of 15 people and aided NYC firefighters in saving hundreds of others. He has used his recognition as one of the true heroes of that tragic day to help draft and pass legislation on behalf of victims’ family members and survivors, to help raise millions of dollars for the victims of 9/11 and their families, to bring attention to the health concerns of thousands of first responders, now sick with "Ground Zero Syndrome," and to lobby for the creation of the 9/11 Commission. His private testimony before the Commission was excluded from its final report. He is now raising questions about what he describes as serious gaps in the official story and is calling for a international investigation.

9:00 pm- Reception, with slideshow repeated

Thank you for coming! If you don’t have a name tag already, please go ahead and make one for yourself—materials are in the lobby. We have some very special guests this evening and we encourage people to meet one another. Beverages and desserts will be in the main theater after the presentation. Informational tables are in the main lobby.

We would like to thank our Individual Endorsers:

Patricia Gray
E. H. Joerger
John B. Massen
Chuck Millar
Allan Rees
Ron Stutz

Many thanks also to our Organizational Endorsers:

Architects and Engineers for 9/11 Truth
911Truth.org
Peace Resource Project
San Francisco Bay - World Can't Wait
Veterans for Peace - Chapter 69
Guns and Butter

This year the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance presented awards to:

2007 Citizen Heroes for Impeachment
Jacob Clapsaddle
Brad Newsham
Cynthia Papermaster
Don Spark
Carol Wolman

2007 Citizen Heroes for 9/11 Truth
Cosmos
Aaron Dames
Richard Gage
Jim Hoffman
Janette MacKinlay

2007 Citizen Hero for Truth

Dennis Bernstein

Many of our invited, honored guests also merit awards for their efforts and activism over the years. If we are to collectively experience “the Great Turning” that Joanna Macy (with us tonight) has described, and that David Korten has written about in his book The Great Turning: From Empire to Earth Community, then we must move from fear to love, find courage, and inspire others to join us in our efforts.

This evening is a celebration of the courage of our guest speakers and of our courageous audience, who each have their own story to tell.

Special thanks to all those who have helped to make this evening possible:

Gabriel Day, for organizing the western portion of the Last Man Out Tour.
William Rodriguez, Peter Dale Scott, and Cindy Sheehan for speaking tonight.
Allen Michaan for the use of the theater.

Artwork/Program – Camille

Technical Crew - John Parulis, Ken Jenkins, hummux

Transportation - Paul Rea, Matt Grantham, Patricia Gray, Galen, Kai Middleton, Mike Dean

Telephoning - Chuck Millar, Janette MacKinlay

Press - Eduardo Cohen, Carol Brouillet, Bonnie Faulkner

Slideshow - Janette MacKinlay, Camille, and all of you who kindly sent in photos!

Flowers - Cornelia Fletcher, Janette MacKinlay

Desserts - Riva Enteen, Janette MacKinlay, Richard Gage, Patricia Gray, Cynthia Morse, Carol Brouillet

Beverages - Bill Rushton, Paul Rea, Mike Marino

Volunteers - Chuck Millar, Mark Brandt, Bill R., Eric Wilson, Judy Shelton, Bob Damron, Mike Hagerty, Amanaa Rendall, Kurt Abrams, Jay Lee

The Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance is one of the oldest 9/11 Truth groups, comprised of people who anonymously gathered for the first street actions “Demanding an Investigation of 9/11” and challenging the official narrative. We published the first “Deception Dollars” to overcome media censorship of the basic facts about 9/11. We have organized the first showings of 9/11 documentaries, the San Francisco International Inquiry into 9/11, innumerable marches, rallies, and educational events with the help of many people and organizations that have endorsed, sponsored, and contributed to all of our efforts. Our stated mission is:

“to seek and disseminate truths about the terrible crimes committed on September 11, 2001, exposing gaps and deceptions in the official story, and to thus inspire more eyewitness revelations, truthful media coverage, and a movement that will bring the responsible criminals to justice and eliminate governmental and corporate policies that enable criminal elements to commit such acts."

We strongly encourage and invite you to join us in promoting the following events:

“World Peace Week” is from November 5th to November 11th (Guy Fawkes Day to Veterans Day).

November 5th is Guy Fawkes Day. Even now, few understand the original Gunpowder Plot: Guy Fawkes was framed in a bogus “Catholic terrorist plot” to blow up the King and the Parliament. The real plot was royally successful: to invent a pretext for war with Catholic Spain. This fraud, which rallied popular opinion for a war with Spain, was the foundation of the British empire. Guy Fawkes Day, the holiday that celebrates the granddaddy of all fake war provocations -- the 400th anniversary was in 2005 – is the first day of World Peace Week. The last day falls on November 11th, Veterans Day, which commemorates the end of WWI on 11/11/1917 and honors the veterans and victims of this and all other wars (all of which, when you examine them closely, were started on false pretexts).

To end these wars, we need to promote both the knowledge of how the war party incites war as well as sympathy for the fallen. These dates in November are a perfect time to remember both the culprits and the victims, so we are encouraging people to observe World Peace Week by intensifying activities to bring an end to war.

The next meeting of the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance is November 15th from 7 pm to 10 pm at the Grand Lake Neighborhood Center, 530 Lake Park Avenue (between Lakeshore Avenue and Grand Avenue) in Oakland (a short walk from the Grand Lake Theater).

The Tea Party for 911 Truth is on Sunday December 16.

The 9/11 Commission Report, the Military Commissions Act, the Patriot Act, Presidential Directive #51, the FEMA Report, the continuously revised and delayed NIST Report—this list of attacks on the truth and on our rights and freedoms continues to grow every day, by decree of this administration and with the blessing of Congress. The need to reject this encroachment is even greater than it was last year, and the need for a Tea Party to express our rejection is NOW!

On December 16 in New England, Boston 9/11 Truth will read a 9/11 Truth Proclamation at a downtown Boston location and publicly declare their demand to reopen the 9/11 investigations. Together they hope to demonstrate to the public that it’s ALL one big lie. The “Tea Party” will then disperse and reconvene near the site of the original 1773 Tea Party at the Evelyn Moakley Bridge, and ceremoniously cast into the sea the documents of tyranny that have been cynically imposed on a terrorized public—the 9/11 Commission Report, the Patriot Acts, the Military Commission Acts, PD51, and others.

Last year’s Boston Tea Party reverberated around the country, with 9/11 Truth coalitions stretching from Washington DC to San Francisco Bay staging their own Tea Parties. Join us in planning a local event in support of our brothers and sisters in Boston. The San Francisco Tea Party for Truth is being scheduled for Sunday, December 16th (the 234th anniversary of the original Tea Party).

sf911truth.org

I must say that I think I am the most disorganized organizer in the world. I can never find a phone number or address when I need it and I am awful at matching volunteers to the tasks needing to get done. I cannot do everything and continually disappoint myself, by not doing all that I mean to do. Since we do so much tabling all the time, I thought I could trust the experienced volunteers to take care of the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance table, but the poor volunteer who had never set it up before didn't know what to do and bore the brunt of me "losing it" as I tried to fix the table...

I was totally stressed out because I felt I had to be in three locations at the same time, and at the same time delighted to see so many friends come, and wanting to be sure people had nametags, and trying to stay on time, as best I could. I hate events which abuse people's time and start really late- it's so unfair especially when hundreds are in the audience. I glanced inside the theater where Janette and volunteers had the reception tables and flowers beautifully under control, the slideshow was running, and August Bullock was singing, then I realized with horror that I was scheduled to speak in one minute, and I hadn't seen Peter Dale Scott, whom I was supposed to introduce.

I rushed into the theater, made sure Peter was there, and picked up the mike, and welcomed the people patiently sitting in the auditorium. I felt incredibly tongue tied and awed by the audience. I asked who considered themselves to be members of the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance, and had ever participated in any of our meetings, rallies, or even passed out Deception Dollars. A good number of pople had. I asked how many were at a 9/11 Truth event for the first time and was surprized to see a lot of hands raised, so there were many who were at their very first event which questioned the official story of 9/11. I asked how many people had ever been to the Bioneers Conference. Very few people raised their hands. I told them that it was a wonderful conference with great speakers, but the best thing about it was that the audiences were just as interesting and amazing as the speakers, and that we were blessed to have so many heroes and fabulous people in the audience and suggested that they look around at the people near them, and introduce themselves.

I hoped that people would stay for the reception afterwards and proceeded to introduce Peter and remember to thank all the people who came and contributed to making the event a reality. (I totally forgot to get people to turn off their cell-phones and all the housekeeping details.)

When Peter Dale Scott began to speak, much as I wanted to listen to him, I had to get the slideshow turned off, and dashed up to the lobby (which was totally full, and shouted out that the event had started, and that Peter was speaking, and tried to get more people into the main auditorium). Later August Bullock came up to me and asked when he was going to sing. I was shocked because I thought he had sung and was keeping to the schedule. "No," he said, "I was only doing the soundcheck with a Pete Seeger song." By then, there wasn't much I could do other than put him in after the presentation, when we were passing donation boxes and replaying the slideshow.

At least the ceiling didn't collapse; there wasn't an earthquake, and Peter and Cindy spoke well. Cindy shared her experience of 9/11, including a dream which was a premonition of the events that unfolded. I was glad that Maria Gilardin (my best friend) was recording everything.

We were so lucky that John Parulis volunteered his equipment, which allowed William to move around in the audience, rather than being stuck on stage behind a fixed microphone. Although he has told his story countless times before, and was incredibly sleep deprived, he mesmerized people with his very moving, detailed account, of his experience.

KPIX (Channel 5) came and recorded part of it, and filmed it (I'm not sure if and when they showed the footage). Although we didn't pack the theater, we had a 100 invited guests and I would estimate a crowd of between 3 and 400. I'm sure it would have been larger if we had been able to announce the event to the full house that we had on September 11th, but that was when Allen told me that he had double booked the theater, so we weren't able to publicly announce the event until about a month before it happened.

The only thing I do worse than organizing is asking for money, but when William finished his presentation, I announced that although the event was a benefit for the Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance, all the donations placed in our boxes would go to William to help him continue to tell his story. Volunteers circulated the boxes.(We received almost twice as much as we generally receive when we have asked for donations- about $1400 which went to William). August sang, the slideshow came up and when the singing ended the reception began. Janette had been worried that we would have too much food; I had been worried that we would run out, so I had baked over 9 batches of five different kinds of cookies and we had more food and drink than the guests desired (or maybe we goofed and should have circulated trays instead of relying on people to help themselves). It was apparent that everyone was enjoying their conversations, which took place everywhere, until we were kicked out by the theater staff who wanted to close up and go home at 11 pm.

I took William to the Bed and Breakfast place where we were staying, and then drove back to the theater to help finish packing up. People were still engaged in animated conversation outside of the theater when I finally left.

My husband kindly suggested that I spend the night in Oakland and offered to foot the bill, to spare me the drive home late at night and early the next morning, when I needed to get William to KTVU for a five minute interview at 8 am. This afternoon, I finally heard the phone message that we could have slept another half hour, because they rescheduled us for later. (He was on air between 8:45 and 8:55 am and they promoted his speaking event in Sonoma.)

William hadn't slept for two nights because the international press was asking his reaction to the verdicts related to the Madrid bombings. He was so tired that he must have forgotten to turn off his alarm and at 5:30 am or so Friday morning it went off. I heard it from my room down the hall, and the proprietor of the Bed and Breakfast must have heard it from downstairs and came up to see what was the matter. William, however, slept through it for two hours, while it gradually increased in volume, and didn't wake up until I pounded on his door at 7:30 am to wake him up for the television interview.

After the television interview, after breakfast, he did an interview with the largest spanish speaking newspaper in the US, L'Opinion, which should come out on Sunday. He did a half hour interview on a Sacramento radio station, confirmed an interview on Air America with Tom Hartman on Tuesday morning, did an interview with KBOO in Portland. We had less than ten minutes for him to grab fast food at a Mexican restaurant on our way to an interview on KPFA's Flashpoints. It was in Spanish, but he was very happy with that interview. Matt Grantham picked him up there, to take him on to Sonoma, where he was scheduled to give another presentation that night.

I felt so sorry for him, watching him go through so many interviews and having to deal with so many of the same questions. I cannot blame him for not wanting to do Q & A after each presentation, but preferring to talk to people one on one.

I told him on Thursday that I could be his chauffeur and secretary on Friday, luckily he never hired me and so couldn't fire me, when Friday morning arrived and I realized that all the critical phone numbers were packed up in the boxes that were loaded into Chuck's car on Thursday night. I don't think I would have survived the event without Chuck's help, in so many ways- from editing and listening, moral support to the hard physical ordeal of carry the bulk of the stuff- tables, tabling stuff, Deception Dollars in his vehicle to and from the event, which gave me room to carry the cookies, ice chests, my luggage, William's luggage and William on Thursday and Friday. I also felt lucky to have the new car that my husband bought me, which is much more ecological, functional and comfortable than the Omni held together by baling wire and luck for 19 years.

It was really a pleasure and honor to have a bit of time with William and get to know one another better. He gave me a copy of his new DVD "Last Man Out" which is, in essence, the same as his presentation, except it is longer, with more detail, and interesting footage from his travels, New York, and key witnesses, plus Annie Machan, the British whistleblower. I think it would actually be easier for William to show the movie, then do Q & A, but I guess the movie isn't quite the final cut.

I hope the rest of the tour goes well and that our efforts will help amplify his message, which is also our message to wake people up and inspire them to action.

It does feel like we might make the curve and I'm feeling exhausted, but also hopeful, and ready to allow others to carry the baton, and show leadership. My family was delighted when I told them that I wasn't going to organize any more events and was going to stop doing the Listening Project, and instead just do the 11th Day of Every Month Visibility Actions, and continue to do the radio show. I also said that I would try to catch up on the housework, mend my quilt which is full of holes, and try to catch up with my own life.

I still have plenty to do, but maybe I won't "forget to do" so many things, if I don't overcommit, and maybe I will be able to finish some of the projects, articles that I have been meaning to do/write that I have shelved while operating in intense triage mode for so many months/years.

October 29, 2007

I've had my hands full organizing the November 1st event, plus we all went to San Francisco for the big anti-war demo on Saturday, October 27th (and got a couple great 9/11 Truth photos in the SF Chronicle) and passed out thousands of cards, dollars... I keep getting new guests for tonight's radio show- so far- it is a Crushing Liberty and Dissent Show with Nikolas Sikelianos,Aram James, Mya Shone, Ralph Schonemann, and Frank Morales. I haven't even had time to think about next week- but I think I'll take a vacation and rerun the World Peace Week Show- after all it will be Guy Fawkes Day. There's just not enought time to do everything and answer all the emails, make all the phone calls, and the website comes last.

Wednesday will be the 6th year anniversary of my Listening Project.

October 21, 2007

My son is home from College and I need to spend time with him and the family, but there is so much work to do, and rifts in the movement to heal. Fortunately, there are some creative people still coming up with great art, music to challenge the powers that be. Martin Noakes who did the great music/video 911 Building 7 is releasing it again on Itunes and hopes it can break into the popular charts. He also sent me a link to another music video-

New World Order

By So Out There

It's well worth watching. A new group in LA has also been doing some great work, challenging Bill Maher and promoting the 11th day actions in Los Angeles at the bluff above the Santa Monica Pier and through the Promenade. I need to recruit them to help us do a promo for the Tea Parties for 9/11 Truth in December, but hey, maybe they are already at it...

October 19, 2007

I'm so behind on getting out the press advisories for the November 1st event, although I posted the latest version online if anyone wants to help send it out. I was working with Camille, Kevin Barrett, Sharry Clark, and John Leonard on art for the World Peace Week/War on War Week which is a real challenge via email.

I was stunned at last night's meeting when I was attacked heavily by Brian Good on the November 1st event AND the Trick or Truth idea, AND War on War Week- because of Kevin Barrett's involvement AND for having Captain May on my radio show. Jeremy Begin took Brian's side and the group voted against endorsing War on War Week and using any of our funds to promote it.

At the same time they also voted to give an award (publicly if possible) to our wonderful artist Cam, who did the art for the Rodriguez event and has been working closely with us on the "Trick or Truth" "World Peace Week" art and to give her $250. I was also given $250 in donations for radio ads on Air America for the Rodriguez event and they voted an additional $250 towards the ads- and Janette was at the meeting and lots of people signed up to help and volunteer. Dave Heller generously volunteered to make the picket signs for the October 27th rally- so I wasn't like totally beat up and murdered by the group.

However we wasted so much time- that we had less than ten minutes to discuss the San Francisco Tea Party for Truth and zero time to do any serious organizing/thinking about it, although we were lucky, and a newcomer said he might be able to squeeze a permit out of the National Park Service for the action- which we did without a permit last year...

Unfortunately, Brian wrote a LONG attack email directed at me and cced to most of the local activists this morning which I was forced to respond to- and ate up much of my precious time. No press advisories were sent out- I missed the big peace rally. I did get a hold of Barrie Zwicker who agreed to be on the next radio show on the "Stopping State Sponsored Terrorism" theme (also the theme of the book he's working on) - which is the theme of World Peace Week... oddly enough Barrie Zwicker's birthday is on November 5th (Guy Fawkes Day) and William Rodriguez's wedding anniversary is on Veterans Day- November 11th- which is when World Peace Week begins and ends.

I just hope when I get through this difficult period that I will be able to look back and appreciate the hard lesson that I was forced to learn from this experience, but I'm still in the midst of it, and royally mad at Brian for his incredibly bad judgement, and being so counterproductive.

On the brighter side, I do appreciate my family and friends more than ever for their understanding, love, and support, and I do hope that the time I spent responding to Brian's accusations might help increase understanding between Kevin Barrett and his accusers and mend some bridges (undoing the damage caused by those who are TRYING to create rifts in the movement and unjustly attacking Kevin Barrett, and Captain May, and I for being in league with those who have created some awful websites and films that target 9/11 Truth activists as members of Al Qaeda- with names, addresses and encouraging people to use violence against them.)

October 16, 2007

It has been a very busy week and I can't keep up with all the work on the website- and do my demo, and get out all the invitaions to our upcoming event, plus the press advisories... It was particularly hard last week because I was sick, and still had to take the kids out to get nice shoes and clothes for our friends' wedding last Saturday.

Eshoo had a last minute Town Hall Meeting in locations far removed from most activists on Saturday afternoon. I had no time to organize anything, but went to the meeting in Redwood City. She did not read or respond to my written questions or the issue that I had hoped to raise (besides impeachment- half the questions were pushing for impeachment). I wrote that Vincente Fox was pushing for the North American Union, that in the documents pushing for it, they said that another 9/11 would be necessary to gain public support for it. The media is silent on it, and I asked her whether she was for or against it. Since she didn't touch the issue, and wanted to close without even addressing it- I interrupted her closing remarks to raise the issue. She refused to answer me, and I marched out (I had to leave anyway to get to the wedding). I did patiently give her one hour and forty-five minutes of my time and the chance to speak her piece, and refrained myself from challenging her on some of her earlier remarks and statements which I found infuriating, deceitful, and misleading.

Last night's Stopping the Next 9/11 Radio Show looked at the major counter-terrorism exercise taking place this moment in Portland, which we hope won't "go live" but if it did- it would be precisely what the neo-cons need to launch a war on Iran, crack down on dissent in this country, toss out the Constitution entirely, and move forward with the North American Union- complete corporate takeover. Online Journal posted a great piece on the issue by Warren Pease entitled TOPOFF 4 and Vigilant Shield 08: a view from the "feverish fringe".

More sobering was a speech given by Ralph Nader Things are a lot worse than we thought! It's just a three minute clip showing that there are ample grounds and support for impeachment. He mentions how a majority of folks in New England where many towns passed impeachment resolutions have been pressuring their Congressman to move forward with impeachment. Congressman John Olver (Democrat born in 1936) vehemently refused, saying that, if they did so, the current autocratic executive branch would launch an aerial attack on Iran, institute martial law, and cancel the 2008 elections.

Corrupt or scared? Congress is not doing its job. I can understand how they might rationalize their fears, and tell themselves that they are protecting the country from Bush by "making nice" to him and not threatening him in any way which might push him over the edge to mad acts of self preservation and global domination. It takes a lot of spider webs to hold down an elephant (old African proverb).

I have also been working with some folks on the World Peace Week/War on War Week idea. Camille did some great art for a card that we could pass out:

We still haven't finalized text for the back. So much to do, and never enough time to do it all! At least I'm better now, but my husband and son were home sick yesterday, and are still recovering from my cold.

October 10, 2007

I finally went to the Veterans For Peace meeting last night and they voted to endorse our November 1st event, and they were also interested in working with me on a "Improving Our Communications Skills Workshop," and opening it up to other activists. Our posters have been printed! I'm in the midst of a mailing and need to get the PSA's, calendar listings out by the deadline which is really today. Unfortunately, I am sick, but went to the Listening Project anyway- it was amazingly beautiful despite the morning rains. Back to work. We have 10,000 cards to distribute- so anyone who can help- please let me know!

October 9, 2007

I've been way too busy, but lots is happening. It was great to see Cynthia McKinney and have a chance to really speak with her last Thursday. She raised more money than they were aiming for and I think she will run for President on the Green Party ticket. I told her that I would have put her face on the Conception Dollar had she announced last summer- but I put on Cindy for taking her stand against Pelosi. I will print more Conception Dollars for candidates who share my values and will work to change the direction of this country. I mentioned Ellen Brown's work to her and meant to take Web of Debt to her on Sunday, but I actually forgot the book, and a large supply of Conception Dollars. I was running late.

Friday, I joined World Can't Wait for their ORANGE action at Whole Foods Market, I received from Granny Ruth some great photos of the action, but haven't had time to post them, yet. It takes so much time to do the website- and I have a mailing deadline, and the press deadline coming up. Someone asked me to be on his radio show, and I put it off til November- cause I have so much work to do.

On Saturday, George Johnson's van broke down, and even though I felt really sick, I emptied my old car and drove to Redwood City and gave him the car. In the process, I discovered that I could fit two of my tables into the new Prius without dropping down the back seat- which is great because it is a logistical nightmare to shlup stuff in and out of the car all the time- especially the heavy tables. So I can leave the heavy tables in the trunk and just have to empty all the boxes, bamboo poles, banners every time I go tabling... now.

Sunday morning Daniel asked for waffles, and I couldn't say "no" but we were late to scout, set up, at the event. It was a real challenge trying to get out cards on our big event to all the people, at least 1000 people gathered to spell out IMPEACH 4 PEACE in Berkeley. Special guests included Cindy Sheehan, and Cynthia McKinney:

(Click for more photos)

An article with photos of 9/11 Truth activists was also posted on 911blogger.com BEACH IMPEACH IV - A great Success

We passed out the new Dollars and the new cards for the November 1st William Rodriguez event which will also honor Impeachment activists, and hopefully bring the Truth, Peace and Justice Movements together.

I worked Sunday and Monday on the invitations, guest list, and hope to get out a mailing today and tomorrow. It's just so much work- on top of the radio show, grocery shopping, feeding everyone, and I'm way behind on the bookkeeping and need to get stuff mailed out today to other folks. I just can't keep up with the work, and miss simple things- like getting my walks, playing with the kids when I feel the time pressure burden. I just hope the "crunch" will pass and that I will survive...

We had a very small number of people show up at our meeting last Thursday and so I feel a lot of weight on my shoulders, I wish more people would volunteer to take on some of the load for the upcoming anti-war rally and the November 1st event.

Camille made a great graphic for the posters, website, and the postcards:

I just haven't had time to send it out for people to post on their websites, yet.

October 3, 2007

I had a good talk with William Rodriguez this morning, although I was a bit late to Lytton Plaza. A few friends showed up and helped me set up in record time. We were immediately swamped by a large number of interested people, we had some great conversations, a hefty number of donations, although I had to leave promptly at 1 pm to attend a parent-teacher conference. We also had one journalist take lots of photos for an upcoming story on activism in the Peninsula/South Bay. I can't keep up with creating/posting/attending all the events that are happening. There is a lunch with Cynthia McKinney tomorrow in Mountain View- an Impeachment Demo at Whole Foods Market in Downtown Palo Alto from 3-6 pm on Friday, plus the Beach Impeach this Sunday. I just remembered to post Project Censored's Media Accountability Conference on my website, but unfortunately it conflicts with the next major anti-war demo. It's just impossible to go everywhere and do everything.

However, it does make me feel more hopeful that the movement is growing stronger, and wider, and deeper, and is more unstoppable than ever.

911Truth.org posted a very interesting article the other day about what happened when Martial Law was imposed in Poland (before Solidarity triumphed) with some great insights and suggestions from one of the key Solidarity leaders, Lech Biegalski. I think it is very important for activists to read and be aware of, because this month could be a turning point- and we might face something like this, if we continue to scare the 'powers that be...' One man, who came by the table today was from Iran, and used to work in Building Number 7; he was very aware of the current political situation, and felt that the US was engaging in a big bluffing game with Iran, but admitted that the Administration might be scared or stupid enough to start something. I quoted Aung Sung Suu Kyi for him- "It is not power that corrupts, but fear -- fear of losing power and fear of the scourge of those who wield it." He asked me to write down the quote.

It seems like the battle that is going on now, within the individual and collective soul, is the choice between acting out of fear or out of love... acting to protect the small ego/self, or acting for the greater good of all.

October 2, 2007- Gandhi's Birthday! First international Day of Non-Violence

It's been so hectic with all the organizing and the radio show- I really enjoyed speaking last night, though, with Robert, Emily and Darryl. It's wonderful to have a radio show, even if it is a lot of work. One of the points Emily and Darryl made last night was the importance of "Listening" and in the CDs that they recommended for me and our group, one of the major points made by the trainer was that leaders are teachers and everyone is a learner and that our natural impulse/desire is to learn/grow/become/by doing and I think what they really teach is how to be "a better learner" so that we can really enjoy life, take advantage of all the learning opportunities thrown our way by the Universe. That's a fancy way of saying- DON'T PANIC!!! It's not a DISASTER- think of it as a learning opportunity- whenever we find ourselves "unconsciously reacting emotionally" to a person/situation...Or how to make lemonade out of lemons.

Challenges and opportunites abound! I just wish we had more time. Camille finished the art for the cards and posters, and I sent it to the printer. Now to move forward with the press, invtations... (But I also have to do the mundane stuff like laundry, cleaning the house, post office, and my husband bought me a new car (It's actually a very ecological one- I hate shopping- and he chose it.), which means I have to clean the garage (ARGH!!!) and get rid of my old car- which will be a huge pain in the neck...

Since Jean Luc works at Google, I complained to him about 911Truth.org suddenly disappearing from the Google search engines. I just learned, however, that it wasn't Google's fault. 911Truth.org's website had been hacked. The electronic warfare is increasing. Activists can't keep up against the paid disinfo wackers who are trying to sabotage our sites and set up their peculiar disinfo sites all over the place. I can't even post now on some sites, and get ignored or attacked at the popular- 911blogger.com website. I can't spend 24 hours a day online- or even keep up with this website, but I think that despite the disparity in financial backing and resources, the vast majority, those who really care about life, their families, the future, truth, peace, and justice will triumph over those who rely on fear, terror, war, lies to enrich themselves and maintain their power.

Monday, October 1, 2007

I finally got through to Cindy Sheehan's assistant and received confirmation that she will be able to come to the November 1st William Rodriguez event and introduce William Rodriguez. I also spoke with Peter Dale Scott who agreed to come and introduce Cindy Sheehan. Hooray- now we can move forward with publicity, outreach, invitations...

Sunday, September 30, 2007

Yesterday was my son- Jeremy's 17th birthday, besides celebrating, I have been working on the November 1st event. Camille has done some great graphics for cards and posters, and we want to get them to the printers tomorrow, so that we could have them by Thursday's meeting. It is so hard sometimes to organize when people do not respond to emails and phone calls.

At least, I have confirmed guests for my next couple of radio shows. Tomorrow night the show will be on "Telling the Truth" with Robert Shetterly and Emily and Darryl Bouchard. Robert and I have been having a wonderful correspondence since I read his excellent article (Here's an excerpt):

The Necessary Embrace of Conspiracy

Several years ago I gave a talk on Martha’s Vineyard about many of the people whose portraits I’ve painted in the Americans Who Tell the Truth series. I spent some time talking about the legacy of Martin Luther King, Jr. When I talk about King, I like to focus on his last year — the period when, defying the advice of many of his advisors in the civil rights movement, he spoke against the Vietnam War, equating racism with imperialism. King felt bound to make the point that the forces of capitalism, materialism, and militarism that were driving segregation were also driving the war, and until we confronted the source of the problem, the abuses would continue. It was April 4, 1967, in Riverside Church in New York, that he made that declaration. A year to the day before his assassination.

It has always confounded me every year when we celebrate Dr. King’s life that no mention is made of that Riverside Church speech in the major media. We are always treated to sound bites of the 1963 I Have a Dream speech. That speech’s oratory is as powerful as it is non-confrontational. Which is why it is re-played for modern audiences. Dr. King was about confrontation. Non-violence and confrontation, each ennobling and making the other effective. In 1967 he said, “… my country is the greatest purveyor of violence in the world today.” And he explained how our economic system thrived on exploitation and violence, or, as Emma Goldman put it, “The greatest bulwark of capitalism is militarism.” This was probably the most important speech King ever gave and not playing it when we ostensibly honor him, is tantamount to castrating him morally and intellectually. Just as there is a long history of White America castrating black men, there is an equal legacy of Elite America cutting the most important truths of our social prophets out of the history books. We pay homage to King’s icon, the cardboard cutout, but not to his strongest beliefs and his most cogent analysis of our problems — to what vision called forth his courage. And, if we think that he spoke the truth, to censor that truth is to promote a curious kind of segregation. He is segregated, not for the color of his skin, but for the accuracy of his perception, how close to the bone his words cut. We can’t bear to hear the sound of truth’s knife scraping on hypocrisy’s bone. Only people who actually want to change the system dance to that music or want it to be heard.

Equally important, and part of the same neglect, is the intentional ignoring of the facts of his death. In my talk on Martha’s Vineyard I spoke about William Pepper’s book, An Act of State: The Execution of Martin Luther King, Jr. Pepper had been James Earl Ray’s lawyer. Ray was the man convicted of killing King. But both Pepper and the King family were convinced that Ray was innocent. The King family hired Pepper to represent them in a suit; they asked only $100.00 in damages to clear Ray’s name. Before the trial came to court in 1999, Ray had died in prison. The jury determined that King had been assassinated by a conspiracy involving the Memphis police, the Mafia, the FBI, and the Special Forces of the U.S. Army. Ray, the patsy, had left town before the shot was fired. Pepper had confessions from people involved from each of the organizations named. The verdict was barely mentioned in the U.S. media then and is not mentioned every year on the anniversary of his death. Why?

After my talk on Martha’s Vineyard a man came up to me and said, “I enjoyed your speech and was with you until you started that conspiracy stuff about MLK, Jr.” I said, “That’s not conspiracy. What I told you are facts.” End of conversation.

I think we’re confronted with two conspiracies here: one to commit the crime, the other to ignore it even when the facts are known. ( Two sides of the same coin.) The man who accused me of slipping into the neurotic, aliens-are-among-us land of conspiracy nuts was unable to hear the evidence, perhaps because he was so utterly convinced by our government and media that conspiracies don’t exist, people who espouse them are dangerous fruitcakes, and if you begin to think like that, your whole house of cards wobbles then topples. Who wants that? Better a standing tower of marked cards, than having to admit the game is rigged and the ground is shaking.

America is steeped in conspiracy, and even more steeped in propaganda that discredits those who try to expose the conspiracies. Whether we’re talking about MLK, Jr., JFK, RFK, Iran-Contra, 9/11, or, most importantly, the status quo, anyone who works to uncover the truth is branded a “conspiracy nut” and discredited before any evidence has a fair hearing. The government/corporate/media version is THE VERSION. Anything else is illusory...

Emily and Darryl I met at the Storyfield Conference and I was very impressed by their ability to communicate. Actually, I felt like the "worst communicator" in the world when I was at the conference and Emily recommended some tapes that they had used with a group to improve their own communication skills. I thought it might be a good idea for the whole Northern California 9-11 Truth Alliance to listen to the CDs, together and practice the skills on one another. I just received them and heard the first one. It's really geared towards "Leadership" and was very good. My son, Jeremy, was just voted into a leadership position in the Boy Scouts, and my husband was giving him some pointers on leadership and I think both of them could benefit from the CDs, as we all are in "leadership positions" and have to do "speeches" or speak to large groups.

I think one of the challenges that the movements for peace, justice, impeachment face is that we are scaring those in power whose power is so dependent upon lies, deception, violence. I don't know what is happening, as far as the next war against Iran, but I do think that the Bush/Cheney cabal would do another 9/11, if they thought that they could get away with it and use it to increase their power in the US and in the rest of the world. I think we're really approaching a tipping point.

Peter Dale Scott wrote an excellent article in the Journal of 9/11 Studies entitled 9/11 Commission Deception, Cheney's Actions on 9/11, and Why He Should Testify Under Oath. His new book- The Road to 9/11- Wealth, Empire, and the Future of America is out, and I hope he will continue to get good press. At least he is respected by the Left, independent media in general, although I suspect he is ignored by the mainstream press, in general. This month, I am hoping to do press for William and Peter and Richard Gage, while promoting the event on November 1st. I'd love to have them, plus David Ray Griffin on Krasny's Forum, which I think is one of the most listened to programs in the Bay Area, but has been highly supportive of the Big Lie, the official Commission Report...

However, the more noise we make, the harder it is for the newspapers, television and radio shows to ignore us.

I would also like to get on my radio show a person named Captain Eric H. May who wrote this article:

"Amerika Uber Alles" -- Our Nazi Nation

October 1, 2007
Peter Guenther's Prologue

The most persuasive anti-Nazi I ever knew was my mentor, Dr. Peter W. Guenther, who believed that Nazism was monstrous at every level. As a professor of humanities, he thought it was both inhumane and inhuman. As a professor of art history he thought its aesthetics were artless histrionics. He readily granted that his intellectual opinions were molded by his personal experiences. As a German veteran of World War II, he regretted the loss of his youth, the waste of his friends' lives and the devastation that they had inflicted on others. He held Hitler accountable for all of this -- after all, it was Hitler who had drafted them into the war. He had served from 1939 to 1945, from Poland to Norway to France to Russia. He once quipped that before every one of their invasions their leaders said they were fighting for national defense, but after the shooting started every soldier on every side believed that he was fighting for his own self-defense.

By the time of the Iraq war he was retired from academe, and I was writing military analysis for media. As US forces began storming up the Euphrates Valley in the spring of 2003, hell-bent on Baghdad, we began to discuss the limited American mobilized manpower and materiel, and the overall limitations of blitz tactics. Guided by his insights, I published a then-radical op-ed in the Houston Chronicle that predicted a quicksand war in Iraq, and maybe a world war as a result of it.

As the easy war promised us by the Bush administration wore on into the summer of 2003, Dr. Guenther and I began to note that there were more similarities between Post-9/11 America and Third Reich Germany than just over-reliance on Blitzkrieg tactics. We finally determined that the two nations were following parallel political courses. Most disturbing for my mentor, who had become a patriotic American citizen after World War II, was the painful conclusion that our American president, with his global war for a New American Century, was just another German fuhrer, with a world war for a Thousand Year Reich. "This is a bad copy of a bad original," he said.

"Drang Nach Ost" -- The Eastern Offensive

George W. Bush came into office with a secret war plan and no excuse to implement it -- just as Hitler had come into office in 1933 with the same predicament. Both of them wanted the prize of Middle Eastern oil. In Hitler's case that meant going through "Judeo-Bolshevik" Russia on the way, while in Bush's case that meant going through "Islamo-Fascist" Iraq. In Hitler's case the guiding document was Mein Kampf, while in Bush's case there were two. A Clean Break: A New Strategy for Securing the Realm was presented to the Israeli government in 1996 by American neocons Douglas Feith, Richard Perle and David Wurmser, among others. Restructuring America's Defenses was presented to the American government in 2000. Its arguments mirrored the Israeli document, and had been drawn up by the neocons as well. In 2001 Feith, Perle and Wurmser became key Bush administration members.

Neither Hitler's nor Bush's plans for world dominance could have been pursued without some good luck, though. Both leaders entered office with over half their nations opposing them, and an avid opposition that wanted to pull them down. Hitler's good luck came with the Reichstag fire, blamed on Jewish Communists, which mobilized his fatherland to rally behind him. Bush's good luck happened on 9/11, blamed on Muslim Fundamentalists, which mobilized his homeland to rally behind him.

In both cases, their followers smiled at their good luck, and began their new order of things. Hitler quickly instituted an Enabling Act for the protection of the German people, slated for expiration in five years, which was quietly continued. Bush quickly instituted a Patriot Act for the protection of the American people, slated for expiration in five years, which was quietly continued. Hitler created the Geheime Staatspolizei (Gestapo) to further protect the German people, while Bush created the Homeland Security Agency (Homeseca) to do the same for the American people.

"Fuhrer Prinzip" -- The Unitary Executive

Both leaders were believers in the authoritarian concept. A few weeks before assuming office, Bush said outright that he thought dictatorship would be a fine form of government, if he could be the dictator. They both believed that power should come from above and obedience should come from below, and they offered protection in exchange for loyalty. Thus no one was surprised when Hermann Goering made a fortune helping to run Germany, just as no one was surprised when Irving "Scooter" Libby received a pardon for his pro-Bush political crimes in America.

Both leaders supplemented their new security police and security acts with concentration camps such as Dachau and Gitmo, initially designed for only a small percentage of national enemies. Both dispensed with international rules and regulations in their treatment of enemies in those installations, and applied a wide variety of innovative persuasive techniques to extract information and obtain confessions. The lessons learned in these proto-type camps proved to be invaluable in later establishments such as Auschwitz and Abu Ghraib.

Both leaders relied on agreeable legislatures. In Germany the Reichstag cheered enthusiastically as it endorsed the increase in police powers, the reduction in civil rights and the national march to world war. In America Congress did the same things, but in more subdued fashion, even with a show of dissent. In Germany, Hitler declared a dictatorship under Article 48, provided by the old Weimar Constitution for the event of a national emergency. In America Bush recently created National Security Presidential Directive 51 (NSPD 51), thereby legalizing a dictatorship in the event of a national emergency.

"Gott Mit Uns" -- God's on Our Side

Neither Hitler nor Bush could have effected their radical plans without a party full of functionaries and a compliant national media, of course. Hitler relied on his "Nazi" party, a word derived from the name of his National Socialist organization. He had a brilliant individual named Joseph Goebbels to control the Reich Propaganda Ministry and rally the public behind Nazi policies. Bush relied on his "Nozi" party, a word derived from "Zionism," with the first four letters Z-i-o-n remixed into N-o-z-i. He had a brilliant cartel of Zionists to control the American Mainstream Media and rally the public behind Nozi policies.

The greatest accomplishment of both the Nazi and Nozi parties was convincing themselves and their citizens that they were not conspirators of any sort, but rather the victims of an international conspiracy. The Nazi party never tired of saying that Judeo-Communism was the hidden enemy, against which all the powers of a determined fatherland had to be directed, and that they were the targets of anti-German propaganda. The Nozi party never tires of saying that Islamo-Fascism is the hidden enemy, against which all the powers of a determined homeland have to be directed, and that they are the targets of anti-Semitic propaganda.

The rest of the world didn't buy the pro-war propaganda from Germany's Nazis three generations ago, and they don't buy it from America's Nozis three generations later. The way the rest of the world sees it, what we have been taught to call the axis of evil is not so dangerous to the world as the axis of America and Israel. They see American naval forces massing in the name of national defense against Iran, and they remember Iraq. They see Israeli air forces attacking Syria, and they remember Lebanon. The rest of the world knows who we have become, even if we don't.

Peter Guenther's Epilogue: He died in 2005, and was followed by his wife Andrea six months later. They had been married for 58 years, and had been American citizens for more than 50. For more about my friendship with them, refer to the first and fourth volumes of my 2003 Iraq war correspondence here.- Captain Eric H. May

Thursday, September 27, 2007

On Tuesday, I was riding my bicycle when I was hit by a car. I was uninjured, but my wheel was damaged and I was pretty shaken up by the experience, and have had a migraine ever since. I went to the Listening Project yesterday, and was informed by a friend who came to help me that I was not my usual "chipper" self. So I am behind on the organizing work for my radio show, William Rodriguez's event at the Grand Lake Theater on November 1st... I'm afrad I'll never catch up with this website, but the hardcore organizing that needs to be done takes precedence.

September 22, 2007

On Thursday night we held our regular Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance Meeting in Oakland. Eric thought we should have been celebrating our great success, but we had a few new people and basically just held our regular meeting, discussing the event, the gaffes we made, how to improve, and expressed our own frustration at our website- which could be greatly improved, but we have no one willing to take it on. I can't keep up my own 3 websites, and many in the group are struggling with their own websites, and they guy who began our sf911truth.org website, lost interest, and let it go. Unfortunately, the group website is now high up google's "9/11 truth" links, but isn't the best reflection of us or the movement.

Our financial situation has improved with the ticket sales from the 9/11/07 event and we voted reimbursements, honorariums, and replenished our stock of DVDs from Ken and Richard. We also have enough money to move forward with the William Rodriguez, November 1st event at the Grand Lake Theater. There is a great clip of William's appearance on Dutch National TV. William has really helped to galvanize the International 9/11 Truth Movement.

At the meeting we agreed to do promotion in English and Spanish and to try to reach out to communities that we haven't been able to speak to before.

Friday was the International Day of Peace (And my eldest son's birthday), the Peninsula Peace and Justice Center organized a vigil at Lytton Plaza where we encouraged folks to call Congress, and had cell phones available to push for cutting off the war funding, and for impeachment. I put up a couple of banners and helped pass out flyers, and Deception and Conception Dollars. The media came, I gave the Dollars to ABC's reporter and cameraman, who filmed me (but I didn't see the news or monitor what made it into the clip or papers). The best coup, was a great Op Ed that Fred wrote on Impeachment entitled Arguments against impeachment don't stand up which made it into the San Jose Mercury News. Also Ben Terrall wrote a piece that appeared on 9/21/07 entitled Where Impeachment is Taken Seriously ... By Everyone But Nancy Pelosi The Streets of San Francisco which talks about the Beach Impeaches and Pelosi's cold dismissal of the will of her constituents.

September 20, 2007

Yesterday, I set up my tables, banners and did my usual "Listening Project." I never know who will come by, but I met some great people and had some wonderful conversations yesterday that reminded me of how important it is, just to be there, be visible and create the space for genuine dialogue and such interactions to take place.

This morning I viewed the video of the 9/9 United for Truth rally in Brussels and was moved to tears by it. What each one of us does is so important, and it is so good to know that consciousness is rising and people are rising up all over the world.

It is hard to predict the future, but each of us can effect those whose lives we touch. Simple questions, basic truths, fearless courage to note that "The Emperor has no clothes..." inspires others and shifts the field of perception. We cannot let lies, fear, dominate the world, wherever one person or ten or twenty or two hundred or fifty or one hundred thousand gather for truth, peace, justice, we help nudge humanity's direction, away from the abyss, towards evolution, the expansion of life and consciousness.

September 18, 2007

On Saturday, I was told at the Beach impeach that there was a concerted effort to fire Dennis Bernstein and get Flashpoints off the air. We gave Dennis a "Heroic Citizen for Truth" award at our June Rally. He has done some excellent programs on 9/11 Truth wih David Ray Griffin and also exposing the "Global Police State" legislation "justified by the bogus war on terrorism." There is supposed to be a rally in support of Dennis Bernstein and Flashpoints at 2 pm, today, Tuesday, September 18th at 1929 Martin Luther King Jr Way, Berkeley. I have a ton of work to do, but I'm tempted to go. KPFA is so far away that I have managed to avoid most of the mahjor battles over the direction of the station- I have always had too many other issues to shoulder and have never relied on them to break a story or issue. However, listening to KPFA and NPR on my long car rides, I have been struck (horrified really) to hear some of the limited debates which support an utterly criminal regime, to my mind and give cover to the aspiring politicians like Obama and Hillary who are clearly in the corporate/military camp and are a threat to this nation and the world (as much as Cheney/Bush are- since they are currently not opposing them on any, but the most superficial levels.)

I sent out an email to the Northern california 9/11 Truth Alliance and hope some other folks will show up to help Dennis and Flashpoints out- there are so very few courageous voices standing up to the big lies- we need to support them.

September 17, 2007

Saturday, September 15th, 2007, while over 100,000 people converged on Wshington DC for Truth, Peace, Impeachment, in the Bay Area, about a thousand people gathered in Crissy Field to spell out:

IMPEACH - REASON: - TREASON!

Others gathered in the People's Park in Berkeley for a more traditional anti-war rally with speakers and music.

I brought the banners, Conception and Deception Dollars and a 9/11 Truth contingent formed a chunk of the H and the O. The photos, videos look great, but sadly the media ignored our action, and really basically ignored the mass mobilization in DC, as well. NPR did a totally lame story on it, narrowing the debate between the sold out "Move-On" fake opposition, and the Committee to Reduce the Escalation in Iraq (or some such ridiculously titled official Democratic Party mild opposition to the size of the war- which failed utterly to address the basic immorality and criminal nature of the war or how Congress had a duty and obligation to cut funding for it). All the more reason for us to become the media- their omissions and distortions of key issues is one of the prime reasons humanity is in its present state of crisis.

After the action at Crissy Field, I headed north to join friends for dinner and an evening concert with David Rovics in Bolinas, where Ponderosa Pine, Bonnie Faulkner and I also had an opportunity to say a few words. Ponderosa was one of the original folks on one of the first 9/11 Truth email lists and has supported the movement and global transformation since he became politically awakened (like me in his early 30's). He had been living in Thailand and just returned to the US last May. After the concert, we headed home and had a great conversation late into the night. The next morning we conitinued the conversation and went on a couple of little hikes around Bolinas. I had a chance to talk to David candidly about 9/11. It was amazing how subjected he was to the government attacks on the movement and how little he knew about "our side"- he never even heard of William Rodriguez, but accepted the DVDs I gave him graciously, and I think he might actually watch them, and hopefully gain a deeper understanding of what we have learned since 2004, when he sang for us at the first International Inquiry into 9/11.

It was delightful to stay in my friend's home (although they were in DC filming the IFG's big Teach-in: Confronting the Global Triple Crisis - Climate Change, Peak Oil, Global Resource Depletion & Extinction). I made some new friends and caught up with old friends of mine, which was a real treat, expecially since I was missing out on the trip to Yosemite with Jean-Luc and my kids. I also left a couple stacks of the latest issue of the Dollars in Mary Beth and Jim's place, since I featured their website on the new Conception Dollar: www.eon3.net (The Ecological Options Network).

Time to get back to work!

September 14, 2007

A damning clip came out on CNN on September 12, 2007 entitled 9/11: The mystery plane. The plane is identified as an E4B state of the art- Flying Command Post, nicknamed the "Doomsday plane." The Pentagon says it is not a military plane. Hamilton dismisses the obvious "Inside Job" thesis as preposterous. There's a snapshot of the 911Blogger.com webpage discussing the plane.

Despite the official denials, it is a very damning fact that shows how untrue the official narrative is to any who can think rationally and critically.

We did fail to plug the Beach Impeach III event at Crissy Field at 1 pm- on Saturday at the Film Festival, but I hope people will come. We will table at Crissy Field and pass out our new "Impeach Cheney First!" Dollars. I think we should aim for the H again. If you come, bring plastic to lay on- as the grass can be quite wet. I'll bring our 9/11 Banners and signs.

September 13, 2007

I didn't have a camera, nor have I found time to write up the events of the past week, but Camille and Bonnie both posted articles:

9/11 Truth Festival presents the case for an "unimpeachable" investigation into 9/11

Grand Lake Theatre 9/11 Truth Film Festival A Huge Success!

And there was a hit piece (with photos) of Saturday's 9/11 Truth/Impeachment/Peace Rally posted at-

9/11 Truth March and Power to the Peaceful Festival
San Francisco, September 8, 2007

The woman who took the photos and wrote the hit piece article thinks that we are insane. She also doesn't think we are at war with Iraq- and she thinks we're the "zombies!"

We did no real organizing or outreach for the rally/march and knew that the turnout would be small, which is why we wore the costumes- to just draw more attention, and make it easier to pass out the thousands of cards for the 9/11 Truth Festival. (We discovered in Palo Alto and Mountain View that it was a lot easier to pass out flyers in costume- and people loved the superhero costumes).

I know that I have tried to do too much, and have done a poor job of balancing being a mom, journalist, organizer, publisher, distributer, treasurer, cook, chief bottle-washer, laundress, and I'll have to give up something, and do a better job with fewer tasks to juggle, but it is hard to let go of all the work that seems so urgent. There is a meeting tomorrow at Eshoo's office, and I'm wondering if it would be possible to give her any information that would penetrate her corporate consciousness. Saturday there is the Beach Impeach III and I've been invited to speak a bit at a David Rovics Concert in Bolinas. I can't resist doing the political work, but will miss the trip to Yosemite with the family (and the Boy Scouts).

There is so much concern over another "nuclear 9/11" which we'd like to prevent, but I can't go into "panic mode," especially with Jean-Luc's dad and my mom's husband both in serious condition in hospitals, Jules's and Jeremy's 17th & 19th birthdays coming up, watching my kids grow up, and leaving home now, reminding me of the extraordinarily rapid passage of time, and how brief our lives are.

September 12, 2007

Our 9/11 Truth Film Festivals went really well and last night we filled the Grand Lake Theater. My thanks to all the volunteers, organizers, Bonnie and Allen Michaan, the film makers, and especially to Jarek, Jodie, and Joseph who came all the way up from LA to do a special preview screening of The Reflecting Pool which was very well received. Unfortunately, I didn't get out of there until 12:20 am and had a hard time getting up at 7 am this morning- to take care of the kids and reload my car for the Listening Project. I stopped at the bank and Post Office (and grocery store) on my way home, to deposit the accumulated cash/checks from the Power to the Peaceful Concert, Deception Dollars, and the tabling/donations from the festival. It does help our almost utterly depleted cash situation- especially since we have the huge bill to pay for the latest Deception Dollars. We took in about $500 last Saturday, $200 Monday, and $1400 Tuesday; I gave a small $200 honorarium to Jarek and Jodie (gas money, really- since they drove all the way up from LA). Hopefully most of the people didn't sneak into the theater for free and we should get some of the ticket proceeds, but I don't know when and how much we will get from that. At least it looks like we will be in the black.

I was surprized when Gabriel Day showed up yesterday; he returned from New York early and reported that the groups there were not working together well, at all. I must admit that I felt badly at not forming greater coalitions with other groups prior to our events, but I was stretched way too thin, however, we could have done a better job, and totally missed Code Pink's 9/11 event at the Oakland Federal Building that took place yesterday at noon.

It's just impossible to do everything. I received two emails today from friends who have huge mailing lists over their concerns about the possibility of another 9/11 type event (nuclear) happening this week, perhaps best summed up by Carol Wolman's Op-Ed piece:

9-11-2007- WHAT'S GOING ON?

Going into Labor Day weekend, there were lots of rumors anticipating a false flag operation, another 9-11. Trainloads of armored vehicles rolled into Houston. The San Francisco Bay bridge closed for three days. Suspicious activity was reported on ferries in Puget Sound. Ominous civil defense exercises are being held in Oregon, as part of Operation Noble Resolve, which also involves military jets flying over New York. An antiaircraft division is ordered to Washington DC.

We made it through the holiday safely.

Then last Wednesday, Congressman Paul Gillmor (R-OH) was found dead in his home. This was reported as a heart attack, until word leaked out that he had blunt trauma to the head and neck. www.msnbc.msn.com/id/20649320/ Now we're being told he fell down the stairs. Gillmor was investigating a series of option trades that are suspicious- someone is betting billions of dollars that the market will fall 50% by September 21st. Even with the housing crisis, it would take a major catastrophe, like a "terrorist" attack, to precipitate such a plunge. As part of his job on the House Finance Committee, Gillmor was investigating this deal. Was he murdered because he was about to reveal something?

Would this death, on top of the deaths of Senators Wellstone and Carnahan, and the anthraxing of Senators Daschle and Leahy, have a chilling effect on people in Congress? Maybe that's why they're "spineless".

Now we learn that on August 30th, six nuclear warheads were "accidentally" shipped by B-52 from Minot Air Force Base in North Dakota to Barksdale Air Force Base in Louisiana. (Five arrived, did one get "lost"? Or is someone unable to count?) This violates all military procedure, which requires that nuclear weapons always be shipped on the ground in the continental US, so that if there's an accident, a bomb detonation won't occur. It would take an order from the Commander-in-Chief to put nukes on a plane. The warheads were reportedly fastened to cruise missiles, which have a range of 1500-2000 miles. Not enough to cross the Atlantic, but enough to hit cities in the US as part of a false flag operation. This scenario is being claimed by "military investigators" on the Hal Turner show, and is making its way around the internet. It's being said the plan was to hit 5 American cities with nuclear weapons over Labor Day weekend in order to install martial law. If so, we have been saved by the grace of God, operating through loyal American whistleblowers, who made the "accidental shipment" of nuclear warheads public.

Now we are told that the entire Air Force will stand down on September 14th, for overhaul and review of procedures. www.airforcetimes.com/news/2007/09/airforce_aircombatcommand_standdown_070807/ Our skies will be unguarded for a day, and our vulnerability has been announced to the whole world. It's an open invitation to America's enemies to attack us. The last stand-down, unannounced ahead of time, took place on Sept 11, 2001. What's planned for Sept. 14th, 2007? Oddly enough, El Al, the Israeli airline, will not be flying planes that day either.

What is going on? One of my most anti-conspiracy friends says he believes it's a giant conspiracy. What do you think? and how can we nip it in the bud?

Let us pray that honest, conscientious, loyal Americans will abort whatever evil plot is in the works, just as someone "outed" the nukes on the B 52 on August 30th. Let us remember that many such evil plots have been headed off- the fourth plane that did NOT hit Congress or the White House 6 years ago (which would have initiated martial law) , the anthrax that did NOT wipe out the whole Senate (thanks to alert postal workers and doctors at the Communicable Disease Center), the lie about "yellowcake from Niger" that was exposed by Ambassador Joe Wilson (at great cost to his wife Valerie Plame, and to all of us who were being protected by her undercover CIA network), and many others.

What to do? Talk about the Sept 14th stand-down and your suspicions, write about it, protest about it. The truth will set us free. God is with us, with We the People. We are being threatened with great harm by those in power who are supposed to be serving us. If we shed enough light, if we make enough noise, if we love our country and our planet, we will finally be able to overthrow the pirates who have hijacked our ship of state, and bring them to justice.

Impeachment now!

In the name of the God of truth and justice,
Carol Wolman

The other friend who sent out an alert on this was Tom Atlee, organizer of the Storyfield Conference where I was unable to address the whole group about the 9/11 issue, but managed to get some key pieces into many people's hands.

September 10, 2007

The 9/11 Truth Film Festival at the Grand Lake Theater has started. I sent my car, loaded with stuff for the event, but stayed home to attend a meeting with Eshoo's staff and do the radio show tonight with Mike Berger and Donna Marsh O'Connor. Tomorrow, I'll go to the Film Festival.

Meetings with the staffs of Senators and Congressmen often feel like a waste of time, especially when you know that they don't want to look at the information that you are trying to offer them. On the other hand, when they do listen and act on information that we offer them, there is a tremendous potential effect... and certainly all positive changes have been due to the people pressure rather than benign inspiration of the "political leadership." There are some good people in office, as well. Amazingly, we have had some very productive dialogues on 9/11 recently with State Senators from Vermont to Ohio. Maybe if every state pushes for Impeachment- we'll stop those guys.

Unfortunately, I didn't have time to craft a great letter, but here's my "five minutes before I have to bicycle to the Congressional office" attempt to express my concerns and push Eshoo in the right direction. I also included a print- out of the Declaration of Peace Document, urging her to sign it.

September 10, 2007
Dear Congresswoman Eshoo,

We have been demanding Impeachment since before the Iraq War. There is more and more evidence that those in the White House particularly, Bush and Cheney are a threat to our nation and the world. They haven’t hesitated to subvert our electoral processes, lie to Congress and the American people, champion torture and war. They are practically guaranteeing a nuclear 9/11 and preparing to oust the Constitution and cling to power in the event of an “emergency” that would facilitate the illegal Security and Prosperity Pact that they have been negotiating with Mexican, Canadian, and American business and political leaders. Indeed, as the Project for a New American Century calls for “a catastrophic and catalyzing event like a New Pearl Harbour” to further American hegemony, in the documents pushing for a North American Union, the same mentality is expressed, and there are statements that rather baldly recognize that another “9/11” is required, to get support, for the radical changes, a North American Union would impose upon all three nations.

For the sake of our nation and the world the Bush Administration and their policy direction must be stopped and reversed, not aided and abetted by a timid Congress.

Please exercise more courage and stop their funding for war, move forward with impeachment, investigate them for the most blatant of their crimes.

We will continue to educate the public and create a groundswell for politicians brave enough to champion the interests of the people of our nation and the world.

Sincerely,

Carol Brouillet
Palo Alto, California
Northern California 9/11 Truth Alliance

I neglected to mention "Iran," but others did at the meeting. I don't see how the Democrats can "pretend" that neither Bush nor Cheney haven't committed grave offenses against the Constitution, as well as violations of International Law (not to even mention the treasonous crimes of 9-11). The psychological operations against Congress and us continue to this day. I just got an email about -

CIA Director Gen. Michael Hayden warned of new attacks by al-Qaida:

"Our analysts assess with high confidence that al-Qaida's central leadership is planning high-impact plots against the U.S. homeland."

Hayden's unusual public address was made at his request at the Council of Foreign Relations.

The newly minted CIA chief also took the unusual step of making his appearance in military uniform, though as CIA director he is not on active military assignment.

Hayden's address appears to be part of a coordinated White House public relations campaign leading up to the 6th anniversary of the 9/11 attacks next week.

The fear card is being played, yet again. Who's Congress more afraid of? The Executive Branch? Or the people of the world??

They have caved in so much these past several years, that our hopes of their finding courage and reining in the White House seem rather remote, but I don't think they will do anything unless, we the people, make enough noise and exert enough pressure to force them to take action.

September 9, 2007

It is so much work to pull together rallies, marches, a booth, and I feel like I'm in recovery from the effort I put into yesterday's annual 9/11 Truth Rally/March to the 911 Power to the Peaceful Concert where we passed out thousands of cards and Dollars to the 40-50,000 strong crowd.

Fortunately, the most important thing I learned at the Storyfield Conference was "Radical Forgiveness" so I'm not going to beat myself up for doing a lousy job pulling together the rally and march. It was very small. Bernie came and sang his songs, but we had no prominent speakers- just those of us hardcore 9/11 Truth activists who have been doing the work- and one journalist/photographer from some University or another, covering the event. I just didn't have time to do all the organizing, legwork, outreach to pull off something big. Knowing it would probably be small, Brian and I donned the superhero costumes to add drama/color/draw attention to our rather small march. I don't think we were many beyond 30 people- but we were loud, and sang most of the way. I was glad that some young people were there and we shared the microphone- and I think it was good for everyone to be able to get their voices heard, publicly. We got the usual thumbs up- favorable response from the Haight/Ashbury District and through Golden Gate Park and at the Festival. The costumes helped us to pass out another 4000 cards about the Film Festival- and I had to do a couple film interviews and pose for at least a hundred photos. Ironically, I didn't bring a camera, so I have no actual photos of the rally and march- I just hope some will show up. The hardest thing for me was the cold. I used my satin cape, but the skimpy Wonder Woman costume is really only doable in warm weather. At least the music was good- so I danced to keep warm and spent most of the day just passing out the cards and the Deception and Conception Dollars.

The great thing (for me) was that I was, at least, able to do the rally, march, and hand out the cards, which would have been impossible had it not been for Chuck and Brian and Scott, Bill, Bob, Camille, and others who helped carry stuff, set-up, minded the table, and pass out cards, too- it really was a group effort. One of us can make a little noise, but together we can have a big impact- I would say we did reach our message to most of the crowd at the Concert- and that we definitely felt our work and efforts were appreciated by most of the public and our fellow activists.

I still have to unload and repack the car- for Brian who will be tabling at the Grand Lake Theater tomorrow. I will have to miss it- so I can do my weekly radio show. At some point, I will have to choose between the show/the street activism/organizing events/keeping up on the website. It is clearly impossible to do everything, and I'm not finding time to catch up on my reading nor the writing I want to do.

I just got a link to an outstanding short video The Shock Doctrine by Alfonso Cuarón and Naomi Klein based on the book- The Shock Doctrine: The Rise of Disaster Capitalism

About the book:

"Based on breakthrough historical research and four years of on-the-ground reporting in disaster zones, The Shock Doctrine vividly shows how disaster capitalism – the rapid-fire corporate reengineering of societies still reeling from shock – did not begin with September 11, 2001. The book traces its origins back fifty years, to the University of Chicago under Milton Friedman, which produced many of the leading neo-conservative and neo-liberal thinkers whose influence is still profound in Washington today. New, surprising connections are drawn between economic policy, “shock and awe” warfare and covert CIA-funded experiments in electroshock and sensory deprivation in the 1950s, research that helped write the torture manuals used today in Guantanamo Bay.

"The Shock Doctrine follows the application of these ideas though our contemporary history, showing in riveting detail how well-known events of the recent past have been deliberate, active theatres for the shock doctrine, among them: Pinochet’s coup in Chile in 1973, the Falklands War in 1982, the Tiananmen Square Massacre in 1989, the collapse of the Soviet Union in 1991, the Asian Financial crisis in 1997 and Hurricane Mitch in 1998."

I should read the book. I suspect it doesn't go so far as to say that the US caused the Tsunami, Hurricane Katrina, or 9/11, but merely capitalized on their "shock value" to push forward brutal shock therapy benefiting the global elite. However, the brutal methods are well exposed in the film and applicable to the infantilized psychological state that so many Americans are stuck in today- so that they can't even conceive that "Papa Bush" might knowingly, deliberately do them wrong. The healthiest thing is to help people get out of shock and grasp with clarity what has happened, is happening, to stop, prevent further victimization.

September 4, 2007

Since I was in Colorado all last week at the Storyfield Conference, I am way behind on my work. The new Deception/Conception Dollars were printed and I am shipping some of them out today. We had fun giving them out yesterday at the 40th Anniversary of the Summer of Love Concert in San Francisco. I need to update my radio show website and do some press for our upcoming Rally/Film Festival... but there are still lots of logistical details to attend to- getting new cards made, bumper stickers, books, dvds ordered, insurance, signs, my regular demo, Thursday's meeting... I wish I had time to write about my experience in Colorado, but will have to shelve it. There is just never enough time to catch up...

August 23, 2007

I've been working so hard on finalizing the publishing details for the Dollars, barely finding strength for my Listening Project and the Impeachment Rally/March yesterday (which was really organized by the Silicon Valley Impeachment Coalition- a small rally, but much needed- unfortunately Annie, from Annie and the Vets took a serious fall and badly injured her knee- necessitating a trip to the hospital).

I posted a new page for the Conception Dollar.

Of greater significance, the CIA inspecter general's Report released on Tuesday, August 21, 2007, is really a damning look at the CIA's role in the September 11th attacks- obscured as much as possible by gobbledygook language. Read the Executive Summary of the Report and a damning review by Kurt Nimmo entitled 9/11 Blame Game: CIA Falls on Its Sword Again. Of course NBC can't just come right out and say "The CIA did it!!!"... They need to sanitize and spin it, so that the report supports the innocent, incompetent, bumbling idiot, less daming image of a well intentioned tool of the benign American Empire bringing Democracy and Freedom to the world, so they just say- Report Faults CIA For Pre-9/11 Failures Finds Tenet, Agency Did Not Adequately Confront Terror Threat.

August 20, 2007

I was up very late last night and early this morning working with Blaine on the new bills and figuring out who is going to speak when on tonight's radio show. Michel Chossudovsky just posted an excellent article on the topic- Montebello SPP Summit: Canada's Sovereignty in Jeopardy: the Militarization of North America.

I've updated and added images to yesterday's entry to make it easier for people to see what the new bills look like and figure out how many they want of which variety- so that I will know how many, in which proportion to print. Blaine will upload the art files this evening and we are still making changes and working on these.

August 19, 2007

I'm feeling better, but not quite well, yet and have been working all day on the latest Deception Dollar and Conception Dollar, the art is due tomorrow- if we are going to have these printed and shipped in time for September 11th Anniversary events. Blaine hasn't finished all the details and changes, but here are some of the latest drafts-

New Conception Dollar-Front

New Conception Dollar- Back

New Deception Dollar-Front

New Deception Dollar-Back

New Billion Deception Dollar-Front

New Billion Deception Dollar-Back

If anyone wants these in quantity- now is the time to let me know. I still have to figure out how many to print of each issue. John wants to keep Bush on the Billion Dollar Note, but it will have some other changes on it- bumping and adding a few different websites.

While I was sick, I didn't manage to get out the usual PSA's and calendar listings and press advisories, calendar listings for our September 11th events. I also missed last Thursday's meeting and someone failed to pick up the 5000 beautiful cards that Cam designed to promote the Film Festival and Richard's talk on September 11th at the Grand Lake Theater- so those didn't get out to everyone. Fortunately Dana picked them up plus the beautiful 250 color posters we had made on Saturday and took them to the Asby Flea Market where Brian, Bill and others were tabling. Cam put up posters in the area around the Grand Lake Theater. Mickey has volunteered to be the distributor of cards and posters at Berkeley City College. [Email him Mickey Huff at mickeyhuff(at)mac.com to arrange a pick-up]. With 250 we should try to get all the colleges/Universities- downtown Berkeley and strategic places in San Francisco and the rest of the Bay Area- like libraries, bookstores.

It is so hard to coordinate and do everything. I just can't. I'm just so grateful to people with skills, talents, time and energy who do come forward and volunteer- or nothing would get done.

August 14, 2007

Sadly, no one from Portland called in last night on the radio show to speak about the upcoming Terrorist Drill planned for Portland, but there is a new website devoted to the issue- Oregon Truth Alliance.

I am still finalizing guests for next week's show which will look at the opposition to the North American Union- and the mobilization taking place in Montebello, Quebec where the leaders of Mexico, Canada, and the US will be having their summit.

George Bush is coming to Canada - the Trailer (2007)

(click to see video- "unwelcoming Bush")

I also stumbled upon an article written back in June, but highly significant, given the current situaton and the importance of controlling the public mind- particularly in targeted areas.

Sentient world: war games on the grandest scale
by Mark Baard
Published Saturday 23rd June 2007

An excerpt:

"The DOD is developing a parallel to Planet Earth, with billions of individual "nodes" to reflect every man, woman, and child this side of the dividing line between reality and AR.

Called the Sentient World Simulation (SWS), it will be a "synthetic mirror of the real world with automated continuous calibration with respect to current real-world information", according to a concept paper for the project.

"SWS provides an environment for testing Psychological Operations (PSYOP)," the paper reads, so that military leaders can "develop and test multiple courses of action to anticipate and shape behaviors of adversaries, neutrals, and partners".

SWS also replicates financial institutions, utilities, media outlets, and street corner shops. By applying theories of economics and human psychology, its developers believe they can predict how individuals and mobs will respond to various stressors.

Yank a country's water supply. Stage a military coup. SWS will tell you what happens next.

"The idea is to generate alternative futures with outcomes based on interactions between multiple sides," said Purdue University professor Alok Chaturvedi, co-author of the SWS concept paper...

The US government appears to be Simulex's number one customer, however. And Chaturvedi has received millions of dollars in grants from the military and the National Science Foundation to develop SEAS.

Chaturvedi is now pitching SWS to DARPA (www.darpa.mil) and discussing it with officials at the US Department of Homeland Security (www.dhs.gov), where he said the idea has been well received, despite the thorny privacy issues for US citizens.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

In fact, Homeland Security and the Defense Department are already using SEAS to simulate crises on the US mainland.

The Joint Innovation and Experimentation Directorate of the US Joint Forces Command (JFCOM-J9) in April began working with Homeland Security and multinational forces over "Noble Resolve 07", (www.jfcom.mil/about/experiments/nobleresolve.html) a homeland defense experiment."

The movie- The Matrix, in light of what the government is up to, is seeming less far out, and more like a frightening prediction of where we are going.

August 13, 2007

I have a sore throat and am afraid I'm coming down with something. I've been hacking away at the computer all day, working on the upcoming radio shows, and putting Webster Tarpley's latest missive into html which I posted here-

Fed Attempts to Bail Out Bankrupt Wall Street Speculators;
Cheney Demands Staged Terror Attacks, War with Iran

Helicopter Ben Unleashes Hyperinflation

August 12, 2007
Webster G. Tarpley

Highlights-
By deciding to ante up $38 billion for a hopeless bailout of predatory Wall Street hedge funds and the banks that stand behind them, Federal Reserve Chairman Helicopter Ben Bernanke has placed the bankrupt US dollar on a direct course towards the precipice of hyperinflation. In so doing, he has given new momentum to the backers and controllers of Dick Cheney, who favor an insane flight forward into general war with Iran, deluding themselves that they can thus escape from both military defeat in Iraq and Afghanistan, and from the death agony of the dollar...

Back in September 1998, at the time of the Russian state bankruptcy around bonds called GKOs, Long Term Capital Management (LTCM), a Connecticut hedge fund, went bankrupt, blowing a hole of several hundred billion dollars in the world banking system. LTCM used high leverage and the Black-Scholes model to place gigantic bets on currency movements. If Greenspan had not rushed in with billions of Fed money to carry out a back-door crony bailout, the interbank clearing systems of the US, UK, and perhaps Japan – known as CHIPS, CHAPS, and BoJ Net, would have jammed up, and the hearts of the financier universe would have ceased to beat, leading swiftly to world economic chaos and depression. But this time it is not one LTCM, but two dozen highly-leveraged hedge funds which have blown up or are about to. Prominent among them are the so-called quant funds, which bet $10 billion and up on financial fluctuations using computerized predictive models. Prominent among these is Renaissance. The quants complain that their models, which are supposed to incorporate 45 years of market history and experience, are now failing to forecast what will happen next, and losses are mounting. The reason is that we have now encountered a cataclysmic singularity which has not been seen in more than half a century – the beginning of the end of the US dollar. To find a financial earthquake comparable to the present one touching the leading currency of the world, we must in fact go back to the disintegration of the British pound in September, 1931.

In recent days, reality has filtered through, even on CNBC. Commentators have warned of “systemic risk if a big bank blows,” “the end of the world,” “depression,” “Armageddon,” “panic,” “the Hindenburg” (the dirigible, not the signal), “a return to 1990” (when Citibank was bankrupt and secretly seized by the Controller of the Currency), the crash of 1987, the hedge fund crisis of 1998, and a “credit crunch.” “Bond traders are afraid.” “Wall Street is afraid.” Led by Jim Cramer with his celebrated on-air psychotic episode on the afternoon of Friday, August 3, Wall Street has been heaping insults on Helicopter Ben and demanding that he open the cash spigots, cut the fed funds and discount rates drastically and quickly, and reassure the stockjobbers that back door crony bailouts will be available for all, starting with the too big to fail, like JP Morgan Chase and Citibank.

On top of this, the folks in Portland are quite worried about a nuclear 9/11 targeting them. They have the only indymedia site with a section devoted to 9/11 truth, hence I usually post articles there and on our local indymedia site. These are just a few articles concerned with a drill taking place in Portland August 20th-24th which they are afraid might go "live" such as the drill taking place on 9/11/2001 and 7/7 in London.

• HARVARD STUDY: 10K Nuke in Portland
  http://portland.indymedia.org/en/2007/08/363356.shtml

• Katrina Quality Emergency Management for Oregon!
  http://portland.indymedia.org/en/2007/08/363223.shtml

• DON'T NUKE PORTLAND
  http://portland.indymedia.org/en/2007/08/363204.shtml

I sent these links to my historian guests and hopefully we will get some callers from Portland to discuss what is going on now, the historical parallels, how we can prevent history from repeating itself by casting light on the current situation.

Today's good news is that Karl Rove is leaving his position at the end of the month- like rats leaving a sinking ship, let us hope that more and more of these characters desert the Bush/Cheney cabal, and that others will be afraid to carry out their more treasonous, murderous orders.

I also got a couple of very sweet emails from Dylan Avery, of Loose Change, in response to my concern about Korey Rowe (and other people's concern as well). he wrote:

"He'll be ok. Just gotta take care of things. Are you coming to NYC on 9/11 or are you going to DC?"

and

"It's funny...this morning I re-watched your confrontation with Phillip Zelikow. That man is guilty as sin and he knows it. You really put him in his place. Congratulations. If you don't mind I'm going to find a spot for that somewhere in the movie..."

and

"LC3 is being wrapped up, we plan on having a test screening in NYC and Norway (David Ray Griffin's going to be there, and he requested to screen the Final Cut, as opposed to the Second Edition, so we obliged) for the anniversary, and it should be released shortly thereafter. I believe Alex is planning on premiering his new film on the 10th in NYC with us, but that's still being planned..."

It's great how each of us can do something and inspire others, and the movement gathers strength.

Over the weekend I reviewed two books-

Bearer of Light- A Catalyst for Global Change

by Paul DesLauriers

and The American Truth- a novel

by Nick Shelton

Both books try to get out basic information about 9/11, in order raise consciousness, mobilize people and prevent those responsible from continuing on their global domination project, but they each take a very different approach.

Bearer of Light pulls people into a mystical, spiritual, romantic contemporary story, plunging them into a near death experience, reliving past lives. Combining ancient spiritual truths with modern physics and organizational development, the main character takes on a Herculean task of transforming modern corporations and governments, miraculously escaping death from the clutches of his evil nemesis who tortured and killed him in past lives... Unfortunately, if you are not a devout believer in the Holy Bible, the storyline is awfully hard to swallow. The insights, however, which apply to spiritual truths, or the Jesus Code, as the author calls them, and to organizational development, are practically very useful for groups, and personal development. They are explained, along with a handy self survey for groups and individuals to use at http://www.beareroflight.com/bulk.html.

The American Truth begins with 20 pages of facts (very well laid out for those unfamiliar with them) before plunging into a murder/mystery/suspense/action novel revolving around a Pentagon PR man who lost his wife in the attacks, but somehow finally realized that something was seriously wrong with the official story, and begins digging for the truth. Unfortunately, these military characters who worked at the Pentagon on 9/11/2001 are very expendable beings in the new 9/11 Truth films and novels. The government just doesn't want them to talk and is out to get them. They suffer grim fates.

When I was reviewing the Severe Visibility film, with a similar plotline, my son said, "Well I think he probably meant to get people to take action and do something, but this is probably going to have the opposite effect."

I wonder what it is that makes some people do something brave and others shrink and remain silent.

In the first book the parable of the seeds is told- how some take root and grow and others don't survive rocky, unhospitable conditions. I suppose 9/11 Truth seeds are that way, too. Some people are utterly closed and don't want to know anything about it, then there are those who are open and hungry to learn the truth about all things and incorporate whatever they learn into their existence. We just don't know - who, what, when, where, how- our words, actions, and 9/11 Truth materials/seeds will fall upon or have some effect- we just keep trying to get those seeds out there, and the more there are, the better the chances of them taking root.

There is a great story about Eugene Debs traveling for hours in a snowstorm to give a lecture, but only one person showed up. He gave his lecture. That one person was Susan B. Anthony- who was apparently very moved, and became a powerful leader in the suffrage movement which gained women the right to vote.

They say that when the student is ready- the teacher will appear (probably because the teacher has been there all along, but the student finally notices and starts to pay attention- raise questions- open himself up). The principles of open space, the conference that I will be going to this month are very Zenlike in that sense. They are:

1) Whoever comes is the right people.
2) Whatever happens is the only thing that could have.
3) Whenever it starts is the right time.
4) When it is over it is over.

August 10, 2007

My body hurts from working at this computer way too long- and I still haven't done 50% of the work that needs to be done- especially with deadlines coming up for the newsletter, the Deception Dollar, and the press/publicity work for our big events next month and the last minute August 22nd Impeachment Rally in Palo Alto. Again, I feel like an awful bottleneck with more coming to me than I can disseminate in a timely fashion.

I did post a short article on August 6th -

Speaking for 9/11 Truth- August 6, 2007, Before Arrest at Livermore Labs

I also posted -

Interview with Jarek Kupsc, Writer, Director, Actor in The Reflecting Pool

I also received two books to review, and a great article -Air Defense Response- September 11, 2001- which looks at Robin Hordon's contribution plus other key points to make a compelling case for how September 11th was engineered from within the US government- and things that no Al Qaeda operatives could possibly have done to thwart a response from NORAD on 9/11/2001.

Back to work...

August 6, 2007

I've been so busy. I was up at 5 am to get to Livermore Labs in time for the speeches, remembrances, civil disobedience. I picked up Tian Harter on my way. It was extraordinarily cold for August (I was shaking with cold) and perhaps the smallest gathering that I have seen. We grabbed one banner and one 9/11 Was an Inside Job sign and hurried to the West Gate. Ed Rippy was getting sound for radio. Gordon Wright helped me pass out Deception Dollars and 9/11 Fact Cards. There were lots of police and press, great speeches and songs. People layed down in the road and their outlines were chalked in memory of those incinerated 63 years ago. A air raid siren sounded to mark the event, followed by a long minute of silence. In addition to the main speakers, there was an open mike and many who wished to say something. I had planned to write a 3 minute speech- and I even worked on it and an article that I had hoped to have printed and to pass out today, but neither were finished with all the other stuff that I have had to do. So, I just spoke from my heart. Here's a paraphrase of the gist of it:

"I speak for truth. Sun Tzu wrote thousands of years ago that "War is based on deception." The largest deception being the self-decption of rulers that they are superior to everyone else and have the right to kill and control others. We entered World War II on the basis of a deception. Hiroshima and Nagasaki were deceptions, too. They didn't drop the bombs to end a war, but to launch a new war of terror against all people- the Cold War.

The war on terror is a fraud. It is a war of terror against all of us, the entire planet. It has never been criminally investigated. The director of the 9/11 Commission was Philip Zelikow who co-authored a book with Condoleeza Rice and wrote the "Pre-Emptive War Doctrine." As Pearl Harbor was used to create the National Security State; 9/11 is being used to create a Global Police State. Now they are promising us a nuclear 9/11, if it happens it will be by the hands of those who did 9/11. We need a real investigation.

Aung Sung Suu Kyi wrote: "It is not power that corrupts, but fear -- fear of losing power and fear of the scourge of those who wield it."

The global elite are afraid of us, the world's people, and afraid of the truth. They use terror and fear to try to control us. The only antidote to fear is courage. I hope that the peace and justice movements will join with the truth movement. War relies on deception. Truth can stop war. We need the truth and courage.

I then went to the side of the road where people were laying down to block traffic, in anticipation of being arrested. I lay down and someone chalked my outline on the pavement. Eventually when everyone had laid down and been chalked we gathered in front of the gate and held one another and began singing "We will not be moved." The police warned us several times that if we did not disperse we would be arrested. With all their fancy riot gear, they surrounded us. Then in three groups they marched in taking us one at a time into Livermore. They placed our stuff in plastic bags, frisked us, handcuffed us, put us on buses, took us into pens, then took off the handcuffs, then wrote out tickets for each of us. They goofed on the tickets. Some had court appearance dates and some didn't. Eventually, they crossed out all the dates, and we all knew that we would not be compelled to go to court ("Don't call us- we'll call you" kinda message...)

I can't imagine being arrested with a nicer group of people, Daniel Ellsberg was the most famous one with us. Usually, I have too much stuff and am too busy to get arrested, but today I had time. Tian didn't mind waiting for me and the whole arrest probably took less than an hour.

I'm trying to finalize the program for our upcoming -

Click for details and film schedule

I hope also to find time to buy groceries and feed the family before tonight's radio show with John Perkins and Jarek Kupsc- writer/director of The Reflecting Pool, both Jarek Kupsc and Joseph Culp will be coming for Special Preview Screenings of their new 9/11 Truth feature